He Became The Strongest Necromancer Hunter In A World Invaded By Monsters | Part 1 - 20

Everyone is busy going through their busy lives Sun Wu steps out of a crowded bus he seems to be pretty exhausted from his travel he has to go through this rough bus travel daily because he's commuting from his home his friend hanho makes fun of him because s Wu completed his harsh military service as a special forces Reserve sergeant and now he can't even bear two hours of commute s Wu gets back at hanho by reminding him that he Did not even complete his military service because of a girl Mong after hearing this insult hanho

becomes completely silent and they head towards their class on their way Su Wu feels a bit bad about The Silence of his friend and asks him if hanho is crying hanho points towards the sky at the top of the library building and tells sang Wu that he saw a message in the sky saying downloading monsters and that message disappeared after the timing reached 100% s thinks hanho is sad about his previous girlfriend and he is seeing things in the sky because he spends most of his time playing video games s who tells hanho to snap

back to reality and they both head towards their respective classes during the lectures Sun Wu becomes a bit dizzy and it's hard for him to stay awake suddenly a blackout happens and all lights went out a system message popped up in front of everyone in the class it was written in the System message to pick a class which can help them in the apocalypse after that a 15 seconds timer started and different skill cards with stars appeared in front of the class some students panicked and asked others not to pick anything because it could be

dangerous Sonu is skeptical about them and thinks not choosing a card within the 15 seconds is going to be even more dangerous s Wu tried to pick a warrior card with two stars but a fat kid M Su picked it Before him and a sword appeared in his hand suu became a bit panicked and picked a random card with the most stars the card he picked belonged to the five stars Necromancer class and the skill card went inside him after the timer was up S Wu and the fat kid MSU were the only ones who

had chosen any cards the fat kid MSU is Amazed by his new sword after a while a student rushes into the class and there's a small monster on his back which looks like a goblin and he's Constantly stabbing the shoulder of the student who is crying for help he keeps crying for help until the Goblin kills him in Cold Blood everyone starts running away from the goblin leaving sunu at the front because they think it's their turn next some students request MSU to do something because he's the only guy with the sword but MSU is

a coward and he's not quick enough to adapt to this situation someu also thinks that depending on MSU is useless And he has to get out of this situation on his own the goblin plunges towards Sun Wu with his small dagger s Wu thinks that he will also be done for if he gets caught up like the previous kid the goblin killed sunu kicks the goblin with all of his might which throws the goblin a bit back s realize that the goblin barely felt like it was 30 lb and he can easily kill it he

picks up a chair and smashes the head of the goblin with all of his Force the goblin is defeated and He receives 10 gold from the system for defeating the Goblin and everyone is shocked after watching this s Wu is quick to adapt to the situation and realizes that the world has fused with the game while s Wu is busy understanding the current situation a system message pops up which tells s Wu that he can command the dead under his authority he touches the goblin skeleton option in his command list and the dead Goblin behind

him reanimates as a Skeleton at this point he understands that his Necromancer class allows him to summon the undead beings two more goblins Rush inside the classroom suu orders his Undead skeleton to kill those two Goblins the skeleton plunges at one Goblin and stabs him in the shoulder the Stab Wound is not deep enough and he gets pushed back by the goblin both goblins gang up on him and start chopping off his bones one by one suu thinks that he needs to help his Skeleton and getting rid of these two goblins is easy but he

needs a proper weapon so he asks MSU for his sword but MSU is a coward and rejects him suu thinks he's pretty pathetic and asks him to use his sword to peel potatoes so picks up another chair and throws it toward Ward the two goblins who were attacking his skeleton the Goblins are knocked back a bit by the chair and the undead skeleton seizes this chance to end them both with his knife sunu Receives 20 gold for defeating both goblins after the fight ended sunu received another system message that he has maxed out the number

of minions under his authority his classmates ask him about what he had done and he has also no idea about the ongoing events other students think that the same thing is happening all over the campus because they can hear screaming voices of others but when suu opens the curtains on the Windows he Witnesses fires all around The city some students decide that they need to leave the campus if they want to survive in the corridor they encounter more goblins which start chasing them but they are all subdued by suu's Undead skeletons while s Wu's skeletons

are fighting the Goblins he asks the other students to run away while they hold the Goblins sunu also realized that this world is now working like a game and he can get more stronger if he keeps killing goblins and grinding levels Meanwhile one of his un skeleton gets defeated and his head comes flying near him luckily the Goblins are exhausted and his two other skeletons manage to kill them which earns him 20 gold and a level up he's now on level two and he has access to his status window five random skill cards appear in

front of him and he can choose one as a level up gift he chose a card which increased his maximum number of minions by one he can now control up to four Undead skeletons At once but he has used up most of his Mana because he called up so many skeletons sunu looks like outside the window and it seems like the situation outside is worse than the campus itself while he's going downstairs with the skeletons hanho gets freaked out by one of his skeletons and stabs it in the head Hano becomes relieved after seeing Sonu

alive Sonu tells him that these skeletons are part of his skill someu asks which class did hanho pick and Hano Replies that he picked one star Rogue class they are both heading down the stairs with the skeletons but suddenly a message pops up saying that they have received Synergy with a dagger it turns out if five members of a party have a dagger equipped They will receive a 10% fatal blow chance and 10% additional gold while they are moving down the stairs with the skeletons they encounter another pack of goblins and there is a goblin

Chief among them the Goblins Become affected by a skill called scent of death which weakens their stats by 30% scent of death activates automatically when there are four to five skeletons present in the party skeletons start attacking the Goblins but the goblin Chief activates a skill called wild Berserker which Buffs all the goblins under his command the Goblins become more powerful and start pushing back the skeletons sunu knows that they are being pushed back because Of the skill of the goblin Chief so he ordered one of his skeletons to cut off the arm of the

goblin Chief which he's using for the Berserker skill the skeleton manages to chop off the arm of the chief which weakens the goblins and the skeletons finish them off with ease Goblin Chief is enraged but he is easily killed by the skeletons working in Synergy sunu receives one-handed cruded Spear and the bracelet of the gulbin chief which he was using for the Berserker skill he becomes a bit happy and Praises one of his skeletons who starts making weird creepy noises with his bones when they reach the entrance of the campus they see a lot of

survivors suu orders his skeletons to hide in the copy room because people will freak out after watching them situation on the entrance doesn't feel any good they are locked inside the campus and they can't go out while suu tries to head outside using the main Door he is stopped by one of the student council members jinuk who was previously famous for being a bully and a harasser he tells them that he is a shield Master with two stars and he already killed one of the Goblins he further elaborates that everyone with a weapon should work

together to defend the other students MSU comes running towards jinok and reports that he heard faint sound of goblins near the entrance jinok orders the students to get inside the cafes who He and the other guys with skills can protect them someu tells hanho to come near the entrance of the gate they see a message on the entrance that the entrance door has been sealed by a magical force and they need to defeat the boss monster within 2 hours and 11 minutes if they fail to defeat the monster within a given time frame the monsters

inside the building will grow even stronger Sonu now knows what he needs to do next but he is stopped by Jinok who wants them to hold the monsters in there until backup arrives suu tells jinok that this same thing can be happening around the whole country and waiting for a rescue team is useless but jinok refutes by saying that the Korean military is more stronger than the Monsters suu has enough of this and starts heading towards the stairs but he is stopped by an approaching group of five goblins s orders his skeletons to come out

after Watching the skeletons everyone freaks out because they think skeletons are part of the monster's unit but some tells them that they don't need to be scared because they belong to his class which is stronger than the idiot jinuk goblins get scared by the death sand skill of the skeletons and it reduces their stats by 30% suu orders his goblins to start the hunt skeletons start attacking the goblins and suu helps them using his spear two goblins Try to run but suu orders the skeletons to block their way suu is fighting himself because he wants

to show the others that defeating them is not impossible so he can persuade them to join him in Boss hunting one Goblin is killed by a skeleton while the other one tries to run away but suu throws a spear which pierces the back of the goblin everyone is Overjoyed by watching the fight suu received a roulette ticket by the system for killing 20 Monsters and He's the 34th person to complete this achievement and his rank will be increased to infinite status and there are only 100 people who are eligible for this ticket he Praises his

skeletons for their work and they again start making that we voice with their bones suu heads inside the cafe and tells everyone that no backup is arriving and they will be killed by stronger monsters if they cannot find and kill the boss monster within the given time period one of the Students tells suu that he saw the boss monster on the rooftop and it killed his Professor now he knows his next destination but no one comes forward to join his party even his friend hanho wants to stay behind but he forces him to come with

him because he needs the knife buff for his skeletons a 23-year-old girl jiu Yun comes forward she has a three- star class called tiger Hunter suu asks jinok to come up with them but he's a coward so he makes an Excuse that he needs to stay behind to defend the other students jinok and his party start heading towards the rooftop they encounter some goblins on the stairs suu heads upstairs with the skeletons defend off the Goblins while jiu Yun takes care of the two goblins coming from behind using her fast sword suu and hanho are

both impressed by a skill on the upper floors they encountered an injured Professor hang Professor hang tells suu that most most Of his students are dead because they tried to head to the rooftop according to the instructions of emergency evacuation manual but they encountered the boss monster there and most of the students were killed Professor Hong instructs suu to never go towards the rooftop and these prove to be his last words suu receives a new exclusive quest after the death of his Professor the quest says that he can appease The Grudge of the Dead by

defeating the boss Monster within the given time limit and this choice is going to affect his Destiny suu gets more Furious and heads toward the roof toop to fight the boss with his companions rooftop is in a terrible State the Goblins are pillaging everything valuable from the dead bodies of the students suu and jisu Yun become Furious after watching it suu uses his bracelet skill Berserker to increase the stats of his skeletons and an allout Skirmish starts on the rooftop everyone Is fighting which pumps Hano a bit and he throws his knife which hits the

head of a goblin earning him his first kill he becomes more encouraged which makes him feel like a character from JoJo after encounter scent of death the surviving goblins became scared and run off to their boss the goblin Captain after hearing the Roar of the goblin Captain the Goblins morale Rises and they start attacking suu's party but there are still no match for his Skeletons on the other hand the goblin Captain starts smashing skeletons one by one someu can make more skeletons from the corpses but it depletes his Mana Hano throws two knives at the

boss which are blocked by the shoulder of the boss this makes the boss more Furious and he starts charging towards hanho the skeletons try to save him but two of them get easily smashed by one hit of the boss one of them survives and manages to land aead while boss is busy Taking care of the last skeleton jisu Yun takes advantage of this opening and slashes the boss which wounds him a little bit sunu starts fighting more strategically and uses his skeletons as bait while he throws his spear towards the boss which slashes his cheek

a bit the boss becomes more agitated and smashes some of the skeletons of s Wu now suu has barely enough Mana left for a last skeleton summon suu sees a sword stuck in the rub and he now knows that He needs to end this quickly or they are going to die s picks up the sword and orders his two skeletons to charge at the boss the boss smashes both of his skeletons and the third skeleton jumps up towards the boss and he has a sword but the boss def Flex his attack it turns out suu

was after the Synergy of swords and now s Wu J Yun and his skeleton have a sword which activates sword Synergy this Synergy decreases the weight of the swords by 50% and Increases attack speed by 10% someu charge es towards the boss with a chair and his other party members also start attacking the boss Hano manages to hit the arm of the boss with a knife so orders his last skeleton to attack the boss this skeleton was the first Goblin monster killed by S Wu and it surprises s Wu by beheading the boss with the

sword in one hit they receed 255 gold for defeating the goblin captain suu gets leveled up now he's a level three The skeleton also absorbed the Mana of the goblin Captain which upgraded his class and now he has a tattoo on his for forehead he is now a level two Elite Goblin and he has also a commander attribute some who thinks his Commander attribute is going to be useful once he gets more skeletons Hano has leveled up to two and gun leveled up to three and all of them received options to choose a random card

Sonu chose a card and he got a basic skill to create weapons from Bones this skill costs 10 mana and he can create swords clubs Spears and bows using the bones of the corpses because sunu completed an exclusive quest of avenging his Professor he will received an exclusive reward and his Destiny has been altered slightly his maximum number of Minions have increased by one and now he can summon up to five minions hanho received a hood as a reward and increases his chance of hiding from the monsters by 50% he can use this Hood to

Run away from the monsters but now he knows how to fight so he is going to use it to fight against the monsters jizu Yun received a fire Wet Stone if she sharpens her Blade with it there is a chance that her sword will catch fire during an attack so tells them that they can test their later and they need to head back down on the entrance jinok is pissed at everyone because they keep saying that jinok should have gone up along with s Wu jinok gets angry and Starts spouting that suu was an idiot

and he must be dead by now suddenly skeletons appear behind jinok and he becomes scared suu heads towards the entrance and it opens up after he touches it he also tells jinok that he is very pathetic all students start making fun of jino for being arrogant and a fool suu heads outside and asks the students to follow him there are dead bodies all over the place and Sonu thinks that goblins did that Hano spots A group of survivors along the way Sonu can easily tell that these people have fought and survived against these goblins and

they have a bit of experience in this field jinuk knows the leader of this group of survivors his name is Tong Park and he's also the president of the student council Tong tells the students with s Wu that he also fought and survived against the goblins and he can guarantee their safety if they tag along with him but he Seems to have some ulterior motives he tells suu that he can also join him if he destroys all of the monsters he is controlling using his class because he thinks they are creepy and they can be

a threat to other survivors but J Yun intervenes and tells desong that he's full of and they don't even want to join his group she also tells everyone that desong is a hypocrite and he embezzled student membership fees during the festival by fabricating an event Staging company and its receipts she was the one who reported him on the University website Tess song becomes embarrassed after hearing it J Yun leaves along with her party members after a while jiu Yun starts telling more details about desong to her party members it turns out Tong was a rich

sped kid and he used to take advantage of girls some of her friends were also abused by him that's why she knew about the true nature of desong hanho becomes Enraged after hearing about the true nature of desong Sonu suggests that they should take the path by the hill to escape the campus there would be less monsters present there because there is low human activity in that area along their path they spot an orc which is even even bigger than the goblin boss after spotting them the orc makes a loud scream and plunges towards a

sunu party to attack them suu is a bit excited because he has found a new material for The skeletons The Arc proves to be quite strong and he's about to hit J Yun but a goblin skeleton takes the hit instead over and perishes right there the one armed skeleton Warrior attacks the orc and the orc receives massive damage because of the effect of 88% bleed damage of the one-handed sword Warrior suu party flees into the forest and he uses skeletons to bait the boss when the orc is in the forest he gets attacked by flying

knives from hanho and the Skeletons the orc manages to deflect some knives he starts smashing the skeletons but there are a lot of goblin dead bodies around and some can make them again and again until he runs out of Mana two skeletons take hold of the arms of orc suu and Jun charge at the orc together Jun manages to slash the leg of the orc and one of his arms is chopped off by S Wu The skel Warrior finishes him off with a sword stab to the neck suu's party receives 110 gold For defeating the

orc patrol leader orc Patrol leaders are a bit stronger than normal Orcs sunu tries to make the arc patrol leader into one of his skeletons but he fails to do so because of his low summon level some of suu's Mana is recovered so he uses his crate bone weapon skill on the dead or leader to force some low-level bone clubs he equips his skeletons with the bone clubs to reach a five member Synergy with the same weapon to get extra Buffs he gives The sword of the one armed skeleton Warrior to hanho and tells him

to return the sword back to the skeleton Warrior if the need arises when they reach the entrance they again see a blocked path message which says that they need to defeat the boss monster within 8 hours or if they fail to do so the monsters in the area will grow even more stronger a message pops up in front of them which says that an orc unit is beginning their hunt and they need to choose a suitable Location to fight them Orcs mostly use their sense of smell to track their prey so it means that more

people you have in your party the more stronger orc unit will be dispatched to get rid of them suu's party seems to be a bit safe because they are only a three- member party and they will get less of a challenge as compared to des's group suddenly they start hearing screams from des's group they seem to have caught the attention of the Orcs due to their large Number of survivors the first attack on suu's group has also beun and it seems like they only need to take care of five Orcs soon they spot five Orcs

which seems to be searching for them s Wu has an idea to lay a trap using the empty cars and his skeletons when the Orcs get close to the cars Hano starts making fun of them by calling them greedy Pig bastards the Orcs become enraged and start rushing towards him once the Orcs are within the vicinity of the abandon Cars the skeletons attack them by surprise with their clubs and they get knocked out due to the Synergy effect of the clubs sangu hanho and J Yun finished off the knocked Orcs with ease they received a

total of 231 gold for killing the five orc Hunters they also received an additional Award of 100 gold for killing the first wave of ures sunu got up to level four and he choose a random card which increased his maximum number of skeletons by two now he can have a Total of seven minions at the same time but his manic capacity is still only 50 hanho also received a highspeed stabbing skill which he can only use with the dagger jizu Yun chose a strength card and gained two stat points she's also feeling a bit stronger

than before so asks hanho to give the sword back to the one-armed Warrior skeleton because now hanho needs to use that dagger in order to fully monopolize his skill on the way they see seven orc Hunters attack Attacking a bus the people inside the bus are retaliating with a spear but they cannot hold the Orcs for a long period of time gun suggests that they attack the Orcs from the front while the person with the spear attacks them from behind but tungu is skeptical about whether or not the person inside the bus will cooperate with

them He suggests a new better plan inside the bus two persons Kuli with a spear and the other with a shield and sword are trying their Best to fend off the Orcs but they seem to be scared meanwhile a car with skeletons crashes into the Orcs the skeletons start Mass carrying the Orcs the survivors inside the bus mistake them for Worse monsters than the Orcs they are startled when they see hanho banging on the bus's door and calling them out the spear guy tells suu's party that there is a machine which they can use to

buy items with the gold they acquired by killing the monsters it's Basically an e- rank shop and when suu turns it on he has three roulette options including bronze silver and gold hanho has 360 gold and D Yun has 584 gold so they can only go for the bronze option s who has 1,552 gold and he can try the silver roulette but he also has an unlimited rank roulette ticket he received early on in the lobby of the college building suu Taps on the gold roulette option and it starts spinning he gets first place Item

due to his luck it is a legendary class item called tier of the Sea Spirit and it increases the total Mana by 200 and it boosts the Mana recovery speed by 200% so is quite happy after receiving this item because he can summon a lot of minions again and again if enough dead bodies are present suu spins the silver roulette using his 1,000 gold and he receives a second place item Vanguard Shield dun receives a second place sword in the bronze Roulette called leader of The Expedition Force meanwhile Hano receives a c rank potion bundle

it looks like des's group is still fighting in the sports field someone decides that they are going to help them using a bus instead of a car this time normal students are getting massacred by the Orcs while desong and his other awakened friends are trying to escape the Orcs by themselves the bus arrives in the sports field and it prices into the Orcs kungu the Spearman is driving the bus and he's Quite happy because he's receiving a lot of gold for killing the Orcs meanwhile Hano and the skeletons are also getting rid of Orcs by

throwing knives at them the bus stops near the survivors and suu tells the survivors to get inside the bus gun slashes an orc and the orc catches fire due to the effects of the fire wetstone which she has received after killing the first boss of the campus building's rooftop the remaining Orcs are easily killed left and right by Suu and his minions after the battle ended death Tong and his awakened friends trying to get on the bus but they are stopped by S Wu sunu knew that they were trying to escape using the other students

as bait desong is quite pissed after hearing it but their conversation comes to a halt when they hear a Roar and they receive a notification that the orc Chief is infuriated by the failed hunt suu gets a bit afraid after hearing the roar he Knows that he needs as much help as he can to defeat the orc Chief suu tells dung's party that they can join him if they are willing to listen to his orders desong eats his pride and is about to enter the bus but some demands that desong should head over his chain

mail if he wants to hop on the bus desong asks how he can protect himself without the chain mail Su replies that he will protect him and this is a small price he needs to pay for his protection suu is Now on level five and he can summon midlevel monsters like Orcs the skill card he chose allows him to summon two more minions now he can summon up to nine minions so gave the chain mail to the one armed skeleton but he seems to be struggling with it the one armed skeleton is his oldest minion

that's why he gave him a nickname righty because he only has a right arm while suu is removing cha Mill from righty hanho tells him that he thinks they need Another bus if they want to keep rescuing more survivors suu says that there is no need for that he tells the survivors that they are going to engage in combat with the Orcs very soon because the orc Chief is pissed and he decided to wage an allout war on the humans unlike previously where they were only attacking In Waves one of the survivors breaks the silence

and tells them that he saw over 100 Orcs in the gym this this scares the survivors and They receive penalties because most of the survivors have lost their will to fight after hearing it but s is sure that there are less than 100 Orcs left because they already killed a lot of them he tells everyone that he's going to fight the Orcs alone desong and his lanes become more cocky after hearing it they think s Wu was just lucky until now and he's soon going to dig his own grave dcun tells s Wu that killing

100 monsters is not going to be easy even For him s replies that even if they flock together they are not going to be useful because majority of the survivors are weaker than his skeletons he tells his companions that they are helpful but things are going to get more dangerous that's why he is not going to take them with him jiu thinks suu has a rational mind but this time he is being a bit Reckless after escorting the survivors in a safe building suu starts heading towards his next destination along with His minions his party

members are watching him from the bus and they will rush over with the bus if something happens to Sun Wu in the sports ground Sun Wu comes face to face with a large number of Orcs there is an enraged redhaired orc who is commanding them some who thinks that he is a mid-level boss the red-haired orc orders the other Orcs to attack s Wu suu heads towards a small staircase where he and his minions make a stand there's only one narrow Staircase where the Orcs can attack him making his place easy to defend Orcs start

approaching the stair and some Wu uses his bracelet skill wild Berserker which will give him and his minions a 10% attack increase and a 20% speed increase against all Goblin type enemies for 10 minutes skeletons start throwing their knives towards the orc and they start falling like flies the redhair orc blocks the knives and T orders his skeletons to start attacking using the Bone clubs but they are easily overwhelmed by Orcs the one armed skeleton becomes enraged after watching his skeleton friends getting decimated but Kung Wu stops him because it's not his turn yet suu

resurrects the dead Orc in place of the Fallen skeletons they will also receive a weapon Synergy buff because there are more than five Orcs with the same axe Weaponry in the party the skeleton Orcs start decimating the Orcs even if some skeleton Orcs fall new Are resurrected to take their place and they don't even get tired like the Orcs sunu knows that this is the correct way of utilizing his Necromancer class the survivors watching from the windows of the building are amazed after witnessing the ocelot Of Orcs by S Wu his party members who are

in the bus are also quite happy after watching him Slaughter the Orcs meanwhile someu is impressed by his new legendary item tier of the Sea Spirit it increases his total Mana by 200 and his Mana region by 200% the remaining Orcs are still holding up fiercely so s Wu orders Ry to jump into the fight righty takes care of the remaining Orcs in a few seconds and S Wu receives a new roulette ticket for slaying 100 monsters it turns out Sun Wu is the 21st person to complete this achievement and his rank will also increase

to infinite status which is only limited to 100 people so Witnesses some fools crashing a bus into the main Gate on the other hand School president des's group is being kidnapped by Orcs suu heads towards their direction to save them and other awakened people who are watching got pumped up and started following him Sonu heads inside the building where Orcs have kept desung group captive and a shaman orc which seems to be their new boss is present there there are also many dead bodies of other monsters present in there suu tells everyone to get ready

but the Situation of desong and his henchmen is not looking good desong begs sunu to save them but suu replies he will try his best but he is not a miracle worker and they got themselves into that situation in the first place when suu's party charges at the Orcs they start killing the Des group members as some sort of ritual to enhance the power of the boss monster and some's group stops after watching this cruel scene the boss gets a power buff after the sacrifice And he uses breath of Abyss on suu's party and they

all fall into a state of confusion their manise is also burning at a faster rate now the reinforced boss monster makes his full appearance he is a junior black magician orc Chief hanho drinks a potion to heal his status effect and he offers it to S Wu but suu is not affected by the boss's breath of Abyss on the contrary his Mana has increased up to 4,000 due to the effects of the breath of Abyss so he tells Hano To give the post to jiu suu's other stats have also increased temporarily due to the breath

of Abyss now he can summon 50 minions at the same time the boss did not expect it to happen and he's also confused by jizu and hanho starts rushing towards the boss but sunu stops them he resurrects all the dead bodies inside the boss room sunu receives a lot of synergies due to this large number of minions possessing the same type of Weapons sunu is now overflowing with power and he's ready to show the true power of death to the boss magician orc Chief smashes a lot of skeletons but it is of no use because

they keep Reviving suu's physical form has also temporarily changed and the boss gets scared by him he tries to run away but the pass is blocked from all sides by suu's minions the boss makes his last ditch effort to reach s Wu but righty chops off his head in one clean slash attack suu receives 1,55 gold for killing the orc Chief ry's rank increased up to level three after killing the orc chief his defense and Commander characteristics have also increased Hano points out an item coming out of the boss's mouth it's an item with devil

attribute and once a devil attribute has been accepted it requires a lot of sacrifices in order to remove it s still accepts it because it is not that much different from his Necromancer class he receiv receives a legendary Rank Devil's Bloodstone orb this item grants the user a devil attribute which steals the enemy's Mana by two% during the fight and if the enemy runs out of Mana it starts leeching their physical strength some returns to his normal State because the effects of the breath of Abyss have been lifted which granted him temporary power up everyone

is happy when he comes comes out and they cheer for their hero the seal on the gate is also lifted and their tutorial is Completed so they leave campus but the situation outside is also the same as the campus Spearman kyong sui tells s Wu that there are two buses available and he can take all of them to a nearby military base but someu makes an excuse that his house is nearby all survivors leave on the bus but hanho and jiu stay behind to tag along with s Wu s Wu says to hanho that he

can allow him to tag along if he lets him cut off one of his arms so he can reach maximum Synergy With his one-handed skeleton righty Spearman kungu stops his bus because he notices some dragons moving towards the bus which are moving the dragons pick up the other unlucky moving bus and kills everyone inside it suu and his friends can clearly see the scene suu tells his companions that from now on they are going to find the monsters to haunt them and get more stronger or their fate will be the same as the people on

the bus with this said suu and his party get Ready to start their next hunt goblins are on the run from the ancelot of s Wu and his minions after killing them s Wu levels up to six this time he chooses a guaranteed strength boost card which increases his strength by three suu goes out where J just finished up killing nine goblins suu asks hanho to pack up the daggers and he tells his teammates they are going to switch to hunting Orcs because they give much more experience points and better Awards they start Finding clues

for Orcs but instead find a few few military vehicles with dead bodies of soldiers laying around and it seems like they tried to fight back using their field shovels there is a surviving Soldier but he's a bit confused about the skeletons with sun Wu's party some clears his down about his minions Soldier tells his Sergeant Kim about suu's party Sergeant Kim is in a very bad situation his leg is injured and he can't leave his vehicle it turns Out he was slashed by a little Goblin but he managed to beat the Goblins somehow sunu inquires

why the military is using shovels instead of their guns Sergeant Kim replies that the guns no longer work that is why the military is in this bad condition hanho asks suu if he can hand over the healing potion to the sergeant but suu thinks giving away things for free is not a good choice Sergeant kin tells him that he has some information that he can exchange for the Potion he tells them about wolves which were as big as bulls and whole squads of military were wiped out by them there are also two blue QR codes

which sergeant Kim saw he tells them one of the QR codes is in the bus station and the other one is in the subway Transfer Center if a player scans the QR codes it will install an app on their phones all other Communications are down and this app is the only way to communicate with other survivors suu hands him the Healing potion Sergeant Kim tells them that he is going to rejoin with the main unit and he can take them with him but suu thinks it will not be safe with them suu gives them a

last warning as a farewell gift he tells them about the dragons which follow moving Vehicles Sergeant Kim and the soldier became more scared but they thank suu for this crucial information both of the parties part ways suu and his party reaches the bus station and they scan the QR code Which installs the app on their phones suu clicks on the official announcement and it is written that the game is officially launched today in the first round of class election 2,967 821 people were chosen as players and there are 1, 341,000 who are still alive the

second round of class card selection will take place in 3 days and the writer of this message is looking forward to the Humanity's performance in the next card selection Round sunu opens the message board but there is no post yet because it costs 1,000 gold to make a post it requires 100 gold just to comment on that post suddenly a post pops up it turns out some players have reached level eight and they are currently building a safe Zone in h apartment complex in Hong City H apartment is near hano's Place Sonu thinks that they

need to head over there sunu is a bit skeptical about it because they have reached level eight and sunu Is still on level six after sunu and his friends start heading towards the H Apartments someone deletes the post and a new post pops up which says that someone posted that that's why he deleted the post and he tells the readers to disregard their previous post we see a glimpse of the writer of the post and it seems like he has long teeth just like a vampire in in the city a father is trying to protect

his daughter from the Goblins using a baseball bat he Calls for help but there is no one around to help them the Goblins are about to attack the father and his daughter but a flying knife hits the hand of a goblin from behind it turns out they are s Wu's minions and they finish the goblins with ease s Wu tells them that he will take them safely to their house but the father tells him that his house is close by and they came out to find food so Shar some of his food with the survivors

there are two Remaining goblins which run into the basement this basement is a dungeon hanho asks suu if they need to chase the Goblins inside the dungeon or not the father tells them that they should not go down into that basement a friend of his used to run a koki bar down there and he heard there is something more terrifying than those green beasts lurking down there s thanks him for the tip and they enter the Elder slime Shrine they en C some slimes and each Slime gives 140 gold after being defeated these slimes are

corrosive and they dissolve the metal but they can't melt bones which make S wo's minions their natural Predators suddenly the boss Elder slime appears behind them and it easily crushes one of s Wu's orc skeleton s Wu pierces the Slime boss with a basic bone spear s wo can't summon skeletons because there are only bones around them but he can create basic bone weapons with those SK Skeletons jiu Yun throws a skeleton towards the boss and sunu creates two more bone Spears with that skeleton and they pierce the boss slime the boss slime tries to

kill s Wu but an orc skeleton gets caught in this place and hanho pulls him back with him slime monster made a big mistake the bag orc skeleton was carrying had a lot of Bones sunu uses his skill to make a lot of bone Spears which pierce the boss and his minions start cutting the Slime into Pieces so it cannot regenerate righty deliver is the last attack on the boss they receive 2,255 gold for defeating the boss slime slime's mucus is an extremely strong acid sunu orders his minions to collect the mucus in empty bottles

sunu also received an elder slam's core it's covered with a thick shell its interior is composed of a concentrated strong acid which is capable of dissolving anything it is mostly useful for Dissolving or fusing objects together meanwhile hanho tells s Wu to check a new comment it looks like the situation in the post have become more chaotic anyone who arrives at the H Apartments gets his comments deleted Hano is an idiot but he also knows that something fishy is happening in h apartments and tongu has an idea of what is really occurring there during the

night some thugs are discussing about their Sinister plan to kill other players if They kill a normal human they receive 500 gold and if they kill a player they receive 1,000 times the gold according to the level of the player inside the car a bulky Thug inquires about the identity of their real boss from his bald boss the bald guy is scared he tells his comrade that the serial killer Professor red is their boss Professor red spared his life because he wanted bald Thug to work for him and the bald Thug can feel something changing

inside Him meanwhile back in the Slime dungeon suu asks hanho if he can kill a person because from now on things are about to get yet more chaotic Bal Thug remembers his past where he completely turned into a minion of a vampire lord after being bitten by him he was a low ranked vampire he killed and drank the blood of his own henchmen Professor red was quite happy after witnessing it in the present a henchman of the bald vampire knocks on the car's door his henchmen reports that They just got a confirmation that their new

prey has arrived according to the comments there are three of them and they are waiting in the park they start heading towards Sun Wu's party on their car bald vampire tells his Lackey that it's their 17th prey the H apartment is quite big and complex that's why it's easy to lure people there the apartment residents stay quiet saying it's none of their business but once they run out of prey they will Target the apartment residents they spot three targets and the bald vampire orders his lacky to run them over those three targets were actually disguised

bone skeletons so turns them into bone spear weapons which pierce the car sunu punches through the window and drags the bald vampire outside bald vampire tries to imitate s Wu and S Wu kicks his chin suu asks him about the number of people they got upstairs bald vampire turns into a complete vampire and tries to Kill s Wu but Ry chops off one of his hands bald vampire's Lackey becomes scared after watching him s Wu asks his Lackey about their number and he tells s Wu there are eight people upstairs he was about to reveal

more information but bald vampire beheads him hanho and jiu becomes disgusted after watching bald vampire kill his own Ally bald vampire's wrist bones are morphing into a pointed blade he starts drinking blood from the head of his Lackey it turns out he got Healed after drinking blood and his stats have also increased he was originally a three- star ninja but he became a low ranked vampire after Professor red bit his neck once someone becomes a vampire they are stuck at level one but that's not much of a hindrance because if they kill humans instead of

monsters they can absorb their stats by drinking their blood bald vampire activates berserk mode which increases all of his stats temporarily By 20% but there is a big penalty of Berserk mode which occurs After exiting berserk mode it reduces their stats by 50% for 10 hours someu thinks that this vampire class is even more gruesome than his Necromancer class suu tells hanho and G Su to get behind him he also orders his minions to attack the vampire but he is quite fast and he easily manages to dodge the attacks of the skeletons he goes directly

for S Wu but s Wu blocks his attack with his shield Jiu Yen attacks him with her swords but bald vampire easily Dodges it and they both start exchanging blows hanho throws daggers but the vampire blocks them hanho keeps throwing daggers like a Gatling gun which pisses off The Vampire he dashes towards hanho but righty successfully parries his attack he tries to slash the neck of the vampire but vampire somehow Dodges it sun Wu comes from behind with his shield but vampire destroys his shield with one/ attack They both start exchanging blows and the vampire

is quite confident at this point GC Yun tries to sneak attack him from behind with her burning sword but the vampire is too fast and manages to dodge it righty was at the back of Jesu and he jumps at vampire and manages to cut off his arm again suu orders his minion to attack the vampire but his backup arrives in time thugs also become afraid after watching their boss's True Form his arm is getting regenerated but jiu Chops it off again an orc skeleton tries to attack vampire but he smashes him and it turns out

that orc skeleton was just a mere bait s Wu stabs his sword through his orc skeleton which pierces the vampire's neck and S Wu finally chops his head off suu's party receives 1,000 gold for killing a level one player now now suu knows exactly what was going on in h Apartments they were killing off other players for their gold and experience vampires Lackey get Surrounded by suu's minions sunu tells them to drop their weapons or he will kill them all thugs are afraid and they drop their weapons they tell s Wu about their true boss

but they also have limited information about him and this was their first time watching their bald boss's True Form suu realizes that their real boss has a five or more stars last because he can make other players into monsters sunu asks the thugs about how many people they killed and one of them Tells them that they killed 21 or 22 people suu becomes enraged and orders his minions to kill all of them they receive a total of 5,000 gold for killing all of them even hanho and jizu Yun become surprised after watching it but sunu

tells them that if they don't kill them now they will start killing other innocent people Hano and jiu Yun agree with suu's decision the next morning someone posted that the people in apartment H were murderers and he Barely escaped with his life he was observing them from afar but some other player finished them all off with his skeletons Sergeant Kim becomes happy after reading it because he knows it must be sun wo's party Sergeant Kim posts some appreciation comments about Sun Wu's party and other students Sun Wu help back in the school are also posting

good stuff about Sun Wu but no one knows his real name in a deated building we see a glimpse of a mysterious figure who Became happy after reading the comments and they head off to an unknown location hanho tells s Wu about a new post by a guy named prosecutor someone posted that if people want to post something and they lack gold they can just comment down below this post and help each other he also provides some other minor information like how they can use the setting to change their nicknames most of the comments are

about missing family members or useful information about Synergies and wolves which can jump two stories die suu's party arrives at hano's place and hanho hopes his parents are still alive inside the building there are quite a few dead Orcs laying around on the stairs hanho prays for his parents safety after arriving at the room 202 hanho desperately calls for his mom and his parents rush out to see their child it turns out his parents didn't pick a class card Hano is skeptical about his dad because he used To play card games all the time some

asks them about how they managed to stop those Orcs turns out those Orcs ran away after hano's father used pesticide spray on them everyone becomes shocked after hearing it after they finish eating food hano's Mom thanks jiu and Su Wu for bringing their good for nothing son back to them she also prepared some greed tea for them hanold tells his mom about the awesome things he did to help his party but she asks her son to shut up after Watching the lights from outside some biker guys give off a grin smile meanwhile inside the building

jiu is happy after taking a show shower and she thanks hano's Mom for the pajamas suu and hanho are taking shower along with Ry suu is happy to see hano's parents alive he thinks that hano's father was quite lucky he used pesticides against Orcs whose biggest strength is their sense of smell suu knows that hanho must be overjoyed because he found his Parents suu tells them that this is not a safe place to stay the Orcs which came before were just mere Scouts and it will turn into an allout War if their main group arrives

but the main problem is that they don't know where to go next it turns out prosecutor again made a post he tells the survivors that one of his friend is a three stars Pioneer and they created a small safe area inside Yung dung po station where Monsters can't enter but the survivors need to provide Gold or rations because Pioneer skills take up a lot of resources to maintain sunu is skeptical but he knows what the prosecutor guy said can be true because the world has become a game but they can't take Han parents there because

it is quite far away from their location there is another comment by a guy called section chief goo who claims to be a three star Pioneer but he can only let in others if they give him rent this guy is in Hong Fortress which is 20 minutes Away if they travel on a bus and some who's party decides to head over there the next morning they start heading over to Hong Fortress along with Han's parents hanho that informs them about some delinquent who steals resources from other survivors so was a bit worried about the these

Third Rate delinquents running a mock soon some delinquents arrive at their location on their bikes a cocky delinquent girl addresses them as Jers and tells them to Hand over their resources and gold which pisses off S Wu s Wu is about to order his minions which are hiding in a building behind him but suddenly they hear a sound and all delinquents make a run for it soon a pack of giant wolves arrives but they are not attacking suu's party mindlessly suu's party is at a disadvantage so he tells his companions to slowly back away after

getting inside the building one of the Wolves tries to attack them but tungu uses his brain and Throws a slim filled bottle at the face of the wolf his minions start throwing bone Spears at him and the Wolf dies the second wolf tries to run away but one of s's minions tries to stop him wolf bites the minions but it was a trap and Wolf's mouth becomes filled with slime liquid righty leaps towards the exhausted wolf and finishes him off with one strike the last wolf becomes afraid after watching it but he soon gets pierced

by Spears they receive 240 gold per wolf they slay And s's level has risen up to seven jiu Yun is a bit worried because she thinks they are becoming a burden to S Wu but he tells her that they are quite helpful but he is skeptical about hano's growth sunu tries to resurrect the wolf but his level is quite low for that the next morning a helicopter is being followed by some wyverns suddenly a field boss wyvern alpha male appears in front of them and it easily destroys the helicopter suu and his friends were Watching

it from a window and they think even Army is no longer a match for these monsters suu's party can't go forward because some wyverns are sleeping ahead on rooftops suu suggests to take a break for now and they will leave once the wyverns go away night falls and the wyvern are still sleeping on the rooftops suddenly a message pops up which tells them that they should pick a class card which will help them survive in this apocalypse hanho tells his Parents to choose a card with the most stars this time a 15-second countdown starts and

cards appear in front of them these same cards are also presented to other survivors too and they disappear after someone chooses them Hano is trying his best to find a card with the most stars but some W thinks simply picking a card with the most stars is not a good option and he should pick a card which combines well with his Necromancer class sunu picks a three Star dark Mage Link card and it combines with his necromantic class to Grant him new skills he got a skill Called Death Ara which Buffs his minions and debuffs

his enemies hanho was trying to pick a four-star card but someone else picked it before him and he accidentally tapped on a one-star priest card he got a new skill which Shields him from his enemies for 10 seconds after he kills an enemy hano's father picked a three star Pioneer card and he can now make safety Zones s is quite happy because now they don't need to go to Hung Fortress anymore hano's father is quite Overjoyed by his new Pioneer class hano's mother picked a one star Chef card and hanho tells her she should have

picked a clash which could have helped them during their fights hanho parents become sad after hearing it because they raised hanho for 20 years and now their son wants them to fight jisu Yun picked a three star Hitman card her new passive Skill Supreme sense heightens her senses whenever she's in danger jisu Yun thinks she needs to become stronger so she can be more helpful to S Wu s Wu asks hano's father to explain the skills of pioneer this skill costs 10 Mana after every 10 minutes to create a safe Zone whose surface area is

2,150 ft and its height is limited to 33 ft once the user runs out of Mana this skill starts consuming 100 gold per every 10 minutes the shield around the Zone regenerates over time but it can be destroyed by powerful attacks s Wu tells them that they can't afford to use this skill right now and they will only use it for emergencies s Wu further tells them that the other groups with Pioneer will try to abuse their power and S party will stay away from them meanwhile the wyverns have rested enough and they take off

suu asks hanho to check the location of a store or a roulette machine on the Forum because he needs to Spend his gold and get stronger soon they hear motorbike sounds and they become alerted some has an idea they will ask the motorbike punks about the location of the store it turns out these delinquents were stuck in a meat shop while they were waiting for the wivern to go away their leader Tong is a level six fighter and he needs a little bit more gold to spin the silver roulette this time Tesson arrives at his

Hideout but is suspiciously quieter than usual When he gets inside a room he finds his friends there but they are quite sad about something one of them tells Tong that their friend eugin had not collected enough money so the Vampire made her into a lesser vampire Tong becomes quite sad after seeing his friend as a lesser vampire there's another vampire present in the room and he asks Tong why he killed his previous leader Wok Tong replies that he had no other choice because their previous Leader Wok had turned into a complete vampire and he killed

many people the vampire informs Tess hog that he will kill all of them next if they fail to gather 10,000 gold within 2 days suddenly Sun Wu comes in with his party and he is not happy with the customer service provided by these thugs vampire asks what they want and suu replies he wants everything they have vampires becomes pissed and his fangs become visible after seeing his fangs sunu Mistakes him for the real boss of thugs in h Apartments vampire rushes at s Wu and his minions get a hold of his hands suu stabs the

throat of the vampire and he warns the vampire to not move or else his head will fly off suu asks him if he is the vampire lord and he starts laughing vampire is quite powerful and he breaks the skeletons holding him with his hands he also mends the sword piercing his throat with his bare hands he tries to go for S Wu again but this Time he gets hit by hano's daggers jiu rushes at the vampire and chops one half of his arm vamp vampire tries to regenerate his arm but he gets burned halfway due

to jiu yun's fire wetstone effect jiu attacks the vampire once more and this time she completely severs the burned arm of the vampire vampire is about to get back at her by throwing the sword piece stuck in his throat but she manages to dodge it thanks to her newly acquired skill Supreme sense due to the New skill of s Wu his minions become more buffed and the vampire gets 10 times weaker orc skeletons start mashing the vampire with their bare hands vampire can't be any more beating and he yields to suu's party but in reality

he is just pretending to give up so he can somehow finish s Wu once he drops his guard suu is not a child and he sees through his lie suu makes bone Spears which Pierce The Vampire rendering him motionless suu asks the vampire if he Had enough or he wants more piercing vampire tells s Wu that even though they managed to defeat him but soon the day will arrive when their boss's true plan will come to fruition and the likes of s Wu will be wiped out suu enough so he tells dun to finish off

The Vampire and she receives 322 gold for killing a player Tung is quite surprised after witnessing the fight and he begs for Mercy he tells suu that he had nothing to do with that vampire suu tells him That it doesn't matter and they should hand over everything they got hanu tells s Wu that these Third Rate thugs had less gold than what he expected GC Yun thinks that maybe this vampire was connected to the vampire at H Apartments someone tells them that the vampire boss is growing in power and he's quite crafty he's using these

lesser vampires to collect gold for him suu is afraid because the vampire they killed had the ability to turn other humans into lesser Vampire and soon the vampirism will spread like a virus sunu needs to become stronger because they can barely defeat a single vampire and if they get attacked by multiple vampires at once they will be wiped out suu asks Tong if there's a store nearby and Tong happily leads the way but suddenly a red system message window pops up there's a question in this message and it is asking about what should be done

to those people who were arrogant enough to Not pick any card during second class selection for players tungu has a bad feeling about it suddenly a delinquent named Min siik becomes afraid because he had not chosen any car during second class election he never trusted the system that's why he didn't choose anything he tells tonic that he is not only the one Chi also didn't pick any card another red system message pops up the system is going to turn all those people who have not picked any cards Into monsters MK is about to be turned

into a monster and he tells others to run away from him suu is afraid because once they completely transform into a monster they will not stand a chance against them suu tells others that this is their only chance and they should attack them righty and his other Minion Rush at both of them before they can complete their transformation suu is a bit hesitant but he has no other choice his minions start attacking them but a Skeleton Soldier dies with a clumsy hit from a werewolf and it proves that sunu was right and they need to

die before they can fully transform into a monster finally suu's minions managed to kill both of them and Sonu receives 6,000 gold for killing them and his level rises up to eight Sonu is astonished because the werewolves they killed outside hano's apartment were just 240 gold coins and these werewolves which were not even fully transformed are Worth 3,000 gold each s Wu selects random stats cards as his level up award and his speed increases by three Hano is afraid because now they have to fight against powerful monsters like these werewolves s Wu has a plan

up until now he has never tried to make a dead human into his minion because he thought others will have a bad impression of him but now the situation has changed suu successfully turns both werewolves into his minions he thinks Both of them are at least on par with vampires tasong is a bit worried because suu turned his dead friend into his minion s Wu again asks him about the store and he tells s Wu that the store is in a used car complex Tang's group only used to steal gold from others but the group

occupying used car complex is working directly under the vampires and they kidnap humans for the vampires when they arrive at the car complex suu feels like something is wrong because this Place is too quiet and there are no guards around Tess's vampire friend is also tagging along with them they hear screams from close by they start silently observing the situation there is a bear monster and a vampire going toe to- toe bears punching the vampire like a training bag someone notices chains on the hands of the bear it turns out that bear was a human

and he couldn't select a clasp because his hands were tied and then he turned into A bear and killed the other vampires the last vampire again attacked the bear with its fangs and manages to injure it a little bit at this point both the vampire and the bear are at their limit both of them Plunge at each other but they get instantly wiped out by S Wu's werewolf minions he receives 3,500 gold for killing the bear and he turns him into his minion hoo spots the same bus kyong Su the Spearman from school was driving

jiu thinks they were kidnapped By these vampires Tong is about to tell them the store's location but his friend yugin which was previously turned into a vampire has been possessed by real vampire boss he is here to watch who has been killing his children vampire lord gets to the point and tells s Wu that he is a mere insect he then uses his ability to inflict a lesser curse on S Wu now s Wu needs holy magic to analyze and neutralize this curse Vampire Lord starts spouting bull crap and S Wu kicks Him with all

of his Force there's a small red curse mark left on S Wu's hand but it is not affecting s Wu for now Hano is a priest so maybe he can help s Wu with his curse hanu tries to lift suu's curse but his ability is too weak suu has been marked by the vampire Lord's exclusive skill trace of blood and his location will be exposed to the vampire lord after every 12 hours so some's unique circumstances have triggered a special Quest called No Country for wicked men he asked to eliminate the Vampire Lord and He

will receive 30,000 gold and a c rank item ticket for completing this task Vampire Lord will not stop scheming against Z Wu until one of them dies they move to the d rank store and it seems to be a bit different than the roulette machine they found in school suu goes first and he has one unlimited rank roulette ticket it was the reward he received after he killed 100 Orcs in the school but he Isfe saving that ticket for later someu clicks on 10,000 gold option and three more options pop up some clicks on first

place prize ball and he receives five balls after using them he receives a legendary rank master Craftsman rank skill coupon after using the coupon he got an exclusive masterclass skill called refuge in the void this skill costs zero mana and it creates a space for his minions to rest and recover he can summon his minions to his current Place at any time there is also a sub skill called the great spirit if sunu summons multiple minions simultaneously it will trigger the curse of death to spread in the area its range and effects will increase as

his number of minions increases and this skill has a cool down of 1 hour hanho and gun are amazed by suu's luck suu uses his skill to return his minions to the void this skill is quite useful and now he can move around without making others afraid of his Minions hanho and jiu Yun are not as lucky as suu jiu Yun got B rank survival package and H got a normal armor called tough bullhide carass now we move to another location where spean kyong sui is standing around many dead bodies he is regretting his decision

of parting ways with s Wu party outside college campus they managed to arrive at the military base in the past but it was already destroyed other survivors started panicking after watching the Current situation of military base all of their criticism was pointed towards Spearman kyong Su because he was the one who suggested the idea of going to the military base one of kyu's friends tells him about the Hong Fortress and kyungu decides to head over there but it was a bad decision because what awaited them were monsters and human guys one of the vampires kicks

Spearman Kong Su and tells him he will take him to the kitchen and make him into food if he Stops working Spearman kyong Su is skeptical because he knows these vampires are going to get rid of him once they find some other replacement for him vampires are putting the human survivors in a building but suddenly their path gets blocked by no one other than righty righty challenges one of the vampires vampires think of rright as just a new weak type of monster and they rushed toward him it was a trap and the vampires started getting

nailed by bone Spears one of the vampires is still confused about the current situation soon s Wu minions jump out of the Void Spearman kungu becomes happy after watching s Wu and S Wu is also happy after seeing him alive kungu thinks s Wu has grown much stronger than the last time they parted ways the vampires are still confident they can win s tells his minions to kill everyone and just leave one vampire alive so he can intergate him Spearman kongu thinks even jizu Yun Has gotten stronger but he is skeptical about hano's growth who

is hiding behind righty last remaining vampire begs them to spare her life s asks the vampire about the exact number of players and vampire is inside the factory as well as details about their levels they have a level five vampire manager inside there are 12 players work with them and the highest one is on level four suu thanks her for being honest but he's still not going to spare her she keeps begging for Her dear life but Spearman kyungu stabs her from behind after taking revenge for his friends kyungu starts crying and he's missing his

friends who were killed by the vampires suu tells him that he did the right thing the world has changed but they cannot let scums like these vampires roam free inside the factory some Hunters tell the vampire manager that they have been capturing humans as they ordered but they don't know how much longer they can keep this Up vampire manager tells them that these humans are easy to capture and they are their means of food and experience once the real plan of their leader comes to fruition they are going to become the apex predators in this

new world the human players become happy because they will also be turned into a vampire if they keep it up someone who comes inside and tells them that they are all delusional creeps vampire manager asks him about his identity the school Survivors in the cages become happy after watching in s Wu vampire manager becomes pissed and tells them to shut up vampire manager tries to be cocky but s Wu is ready to pit him into his place using his skills soon the vampires and players become engulfed by black smoke vampire manager and players are confused

about the current situation and they become inflicted by curse of death which reduces their stats drastically suu's minions start rushing towards the Players vampire manager tells them to calm down and they just need to get rid of sun Wu his skeletons will stop working vampire manager tries to go directly for suu but hanho throws a bottle filled with slime liquid to his face Jun rescued the Survivors by cutting their cages with her sword Spearman kyong Su comes inside riding his bus and he tells the survivors to get inside vampire manager is pissed by the current

situation but righty jumps On him and cuts off one of the arms of vampire manager the vampire leader was observing the fight through vampire manager and he lends some of his strength to him vampire manager turns into a highlevel vampire and he activates berserk skill hanho becomes afraid after witnessing the true form of vampire manager vampire manager tries to rush at s Wu but his minions surround him vampire manager destroys one orc skeleton with a single attack but he Also gets attacked from behind by werewolf skeleton vampire manager punches the werewolf skeleton with all of

his might but he gets lashed from behind by another werewolf jiu Yun jumps toward him and she manages to slash the back of the vampire manager jizu grabs righty and throws him in the direction of the vampire manager and he manages to land a little slash attack on the vampire as well two orc skeletons try to attacking from behind but they get Easily wrecked by the vampire s Wu revives other dead monsters in their place but he is worried because he thinks he's going to run out of corpses before vampire manages berserk skill runs out

he's just a subordinate of vampire lord but sunu and his party members are having a difficult time dealing with him Sonu gets a bit lucky because he notices a dead curus corpse lying around he resurrects the cus and all of his werewolves receive a lot of Buffs because of cus skills werewolves managed to pin down the vampire manager suu tells him to convey his message to their boss and that their business in h song has gone bankrupt sunu receives 10,000 gold for killing a special player suu tries to resurrect the vampire manager and he succeeds

in his first try a message pops up that Sonu can now revive the memory fragments of the deceased Sun Wu gets a flashback from the memory fragment of vampire manager Kim in the flashback vampire lord asks the managers about the true purpose of this game but the managers have no answer for it vampire lord tells them that he also has no idea about the game's true purpose but he is sure about something that they need to evolve into a completely different species and make a new world order vampire lord tells the managers that he got

a new Quest he needs their help with the quest and he orders manager Kim to procure food and Farming supplies they are going to Allure in survivors and perform a great feast suu becomes pissed after hearing the plans of the vampire lord suddenly he receives an exclusive Quest called master of death he needs to prevent or take advantage of a massacre there are going to be many massacres in this world but this one is specifically tied to s's Destiny he can either save others or he can take advantages of the corpses hanho Is trying to

wake s Wu but his Consciousness is inside the memory fragment hanho thinks someu die because he revived the vampire and he starts crying so wakes up and tells hanho that he will not die before him he also tells them about everything he saw in the vampire manager's memory fragment vampire lord is a bit frustrated because sunu killed his vampire manager even after he lent some of his strength Madame Yang asks him if sunu can pose a Threat to his plans and vampire lord replies that suu can't kill him with his puny skeletons Madame Yang starts

blushing with fear after hearing it vampire lord tells her that after the great feast is over he will search s Wu using his curse and get rid of him the next morning hanho informed s Wu that something big is happening on the online forums and it seems like the vampires are trying to lure as many players as possible the post has been made by a guy Named manager goo and it is written in the post that they are welcoming all survivors and no one even needs to pay gold to enter their camp and they can

also guarantee their safety hanho is about to post a comment against that post but Sonu stops him if people become alerted after reading the comment then the Vampires will be forced to alter their plans and so suu will lose his Advantage because he is already aware of their current plans jiu Yun informs Sun Wu that she found a lot of useful potions in the vampire manager Kim's Warehouse meanwhile hanho found a wireless charging battery item they started charging their mobile batteries with it gun found a white colored potion and it's called treatment this potion can

apparently treat and alleviate various infections s Wu thinks this potion will come in handy right away suu used the potion on Tong's friend and she became partially normal tasong and his Delinquent friends are quite happy about it and they thank s Wu from the bottom of their hearts suu tells Tess song to keep an eye on their friend because if she causes trouble or gets possessed by the vampire lord he will get rid of her Sonu further tells him that he didn't heal her for free and Tess has to do something later for him Sonu

asks hano's dad Mr Lee to use his skill Mr Lee gets ready to use his skill after he uses his skill a shield forms around their area And this area can now heal all wounds as well Mr Lee has full Authority with within this area everyone starts feeling better because their wounds are healing hano's mom prepared food for everyone and this food can give different Buffs to the consumers it turns out no one other than S Wu had received any exclusive quests suu tells jiu Yun that she can stay behind if she wants because this

exclusive Quest is not related to her jiu tells suu that even if she stays Behind she will be killed by something worse than vampires that's why she needs to improve her skills while they are talking a new notification pops up it turns out all survivors are on chapter one of this game the admin congratulates all players who have survived till now many lives were lost in the process and those who couldn't adapt to this new world were turned into we beasts however their trials and tribulations are just beginning they need to fight back Against Monsters

and humans alike only those who are bold enough will be able to survive there are four further warnings in the message this event is going to run for 7 days and during this time they are unable to leave this region of suan and hung Fortress the amount of gold that players will be awarded will be doubled during this event every time a second round player is able to defeat a were Beast they will be given a chance to receive a combo Card at random a boss monster will spawn in every region and players can get

powerful items after defeating the boss soan is quite pleased after hearing the conditions of this Quest hanho is mad because s Wu is forcing him to tag along on his dangerous Quest s tells him that he's weak and he will not even survive a single day without him hanho changes the topic and tells s Wu that people are responding to his post on the community Forum suu received all sorts of comments But one comment is more captivating and it is done by prosecutor of Yong Dong Po the same guy who made a base with a

level three Pioneer skill it seems like they made their own Guild called Independence their Guild's top priority is the survival of their group they are making their safe Zone Stronger by hunting monsters and rescuing survivors suu thinks this prosecutor guy is too ambitious suu asks hanho about his level and hanho replies that he's on level Five Sonu thinks hanho is too weak and he needs to grind levels as well Spearman kongu stops the car and tells them that they have arrived at their destination suu's party steps out of the car and suu tells them that

this is their new hunting ground while a lot of moners are hiding behind cars and various blockage these monsters are called cabals and they can use magic as well they're not that much of a threat and they get easily wiped out the main Purpose of this Hunt is to help hanho level up and to find new minions for sunu a single werewolf is capable of defeating three or four low-level vampires even though these cabals can use magic but they are not strong enough to be used as a minions there are a lot of dead bodies

outside the parking lot which is looking a bit similar to the college campus someu thinks that same tutorial must have taken place in all densely populated areas Spearman K Su Tells them that he thinks cide places and small Mountain Villages like jiju can be safer because they have low population J yun's family lives on juu island and she tells them not to worry because her family members are big shots so they must be fine s Wu and his party enters the mart but their exit gets sealed with magic and this Mart has now become a

large scale dungeon called The Sorcerer's Fortress they can now only Escape by defeating the boss of this Dungeon suddenly a huge magic circle forms beneath them and they all get teleported to different locations inside the dungeon hanho falls down from a circle on the ceiling there are a bunch of cabals and they are telling each other that a single human has fallen into their trap hio is amazed after hearing them talk hanho tells them that he may be alone but he can wipe those Punic bolds by himself but when hanho realizes he is really alone

he becomes Afraid all cabals Rush towards hanho but he is too scared to fight back but he manages to kill one Kabal by accident and the other kol starts beating him he's crying because he was forced to come here by S Wu and now he's going to die but soon he realized izes that he cannot feel any pain hanov remembers that one of his priest class skill protects him for 10 seconds after killing an enemy the cabals become afraid as hanho starts laughing hanho Starts feeling like a character from Fist of the North Star and

he tells those Punic kols that he hates weaklings like them Spearman kyungu and jiu are both together and they're trying to find their party members as fast as they can soon they see blood coming out of a corner once they come close they realize that it was hanho who just finished a bunch of cabals J Yun still can't believe what she saw and Hondo tells her that he has finally awakened his hidden Potential all three of them are now together and they don't think they need to worry about Sun Wu because he's more powerful than

all of them meanwhile on the other side suu and his minions are massacring the cabals suu finally reaches a place with a lot of cabal dead bodies and a Survivor is lying there his wounds are too severe to be healed by mere potions the Survivor points toward a box someone picks it up for him there's a mysterious egg inside and it's An exclusive item which can be hatched with his last breath the Survivor tells s Wu that the boss of this dungeon has the owner token for this egg this egg originally belonged to the Survivor

and its token was stolen by the boss monster somehow someone knows that the Survivor was a festar Dragonite and this mysterious egg has a real dragon inside of it more cabals appear but they get slaughtered by suu's minions now sunu is determined to find that token and take Revenge for the Survivor suu notices that something is strange about the colds they just keep charging at him without thinking as if they were buying time for something soon suu spot took aold sorcerer one of his minion easily kills him and the other galts also die without much

resistance s levels up and this time he chooses a skill card he receives a new basic skill called corpse explosion this skill requires 10 Mana to explode a corpse morol start charging at Him and some will test out his new scale which causes a big explosion forco bolds are hiding inside a room Ry comes in and easily takes care of them Sun Praises righty for it and righty becomes happy further inside the room they spot the boss which is a high level kabod sorcerer there's a forest field around him and it cannot be broken until

three cores are smashed which are spread around the dungeon boss monster is angry after witnessing the massacre of his Underlings he uses a lowlevel instant death spell if this spell isn't stopped within an hour any player in the dungeon with a level lower than 10 will die right away s becomes afraid because everyone in his team is below level 10 his his minions keep attacking but they can't do anything to the force field suo thinks normal attacks are not going to work so he orders his minions to gather all dead bodies near the boss sunu

leaves the room and he detonates all Kabal dead bodies which results in a big explosion but once suu comes back there's not even a single scratch on the boss the boss becomes enraged and sacrificed some of his health to reduce the spellcasting time and now there are only 52 minutes left Sun wo becomes really pissed and the boss starts smirking Sun received memory fragments after Reviving some goold Sorcerers and now he knows the exact location of the cores first core is located on their Floor and righty destroys it but there are only 19 minutes left

they move up to the next floor and there are a lot of dead cabals in there suu thinks Jesu must have killed them when he gets closer to the second cor's location he Witnesses hanho destroying the cabals both suu and Ry can't believe what they just witnessed GC and tell s Wu that they also receiv received that spell notification and she destroyed the core located on their floor Hano tells them That they are wasting time and they should head toward the last core sunu and his party is Wrecking Havoc as they are heading towards the

last core finally they spot the last core but cabals are desperately trying to protect it with their lives s gives Ry a hand and Ry jumps up the cabals and manages to cut the last core into two pieces the force field around the boss has been dispelled and now they only need to kill the boss within 9 minutes sunu is quite Pissed at the boss and he's going to wreck him Hano also transfers back to his normal state there are only 2 minutes left but Sun Wu and his party arrives on time one of the

cabal Sorcerers of sun Wu uses Fireball on the boss and he gets knocked over which results in cancellation of the instant death spell the boss becomes pissed and he starts transforming into his true form which is a Fallen Tree Spirit after transforming it starts mashing suu's Minions with ease it tries to attack sunu and his friends but they manag to dodge it in time J uses a fire sword attack to burn one of its branches but it starts regener ating right away suu orders one of his Rel of Minion to throw dead kolts at the

boss when the dead bodies come closer to the boss suu detonates them which results in a big explosion the explosion damaged the face of the boss but it is regenerating at a faster Pace the boss gets hit from Behind by kab sorcerer Fireball which is quite effective against him s's party starts attacking boss with fire attacks and soon he runs out of Mana because of s Wu's legendary item the devil bloodstorm orb which leeches the enemy's Mana by 2% sent after every attack the boss became weaker after losing his mana suu and his party Retreats

and suu detonates all the dead bodies of the kolts which were piled upon each other by his minions just below the boss the Boss dies because he had no Mana left to regenerate himself suu received 12,840 gold for defeating the fallen tree spirit and he also leveled up to 10 suu also receives another roulette ticket from the system because he's the 69th person to reach level 10 and his rank has increased to infinite Lev level suu's maximum number of minions has also increased by five suu chooses a skill card and he gets a death response

skill which consumes 100 mana and it summons 10 zombies which disappear after 10 minutes and these zombies are not included in his total number of minions s can Now command 25 Undead at the same time which will be a huge advantage against the vampire lord Su received the dragon token which is masterless sword and he's now confident enough to face the vampire lord head on this new masterless sword increases its user's strength by six and it is required to open the dragon egg but sunu can't open The egg because his class is not synchronized with

the dragon Tamer class he can still hatch the dragon egg if he can keep it closer to him for 5,000 days or if you can slay powerful foes with the masterless sword to reduce the maximum number of days Hano tells him that 5,000 days are equal to 13 years and he will be a middle-aged Man by the time the egg hatches but he gets L powerful foes with the sword which will decrease the egg catching time suu Receives a message from Tong who was sent to heun square in to spy on the vampires he tells

s Wu that there are hundreds of people present there but there are no signs of vampires yet he also informed s Wu that private messages like this cost 300 gold suu thinks Tong is doing a good job by sneaking in with the survivors meanwhile orc skeleton spots something when suu arrives there are two werewolf corpses which seem to have been killed by the tree Spirit s Revives them and now he has five werewolves under under his authority s Wu has a total of 15 minions and he thinks right now is the best time to head

towards Wong to finish off the vampires the survivors are in a confused State because the guys who invited them there are not in sight at the same time the vampires are watching the survivors from a nearby building second in command vampire Master comes around and tells them to get ready because they're going After the guy who attacked their Factory vampire lord wants the guy dead before he can interfere with their grand Feast Tess song spots them heading outside and he informs suu about them according to the vampire Lord's curse skill they were at the elementary

school after reaching the spot they spot a werewolf dead body lying on a car they think this werewolf was killed by suu's minions because his wounds are still fresh there's a trail of blood nearby and it leads to the Auditorium nearby all of them start rushing inside the auditorium the vampire leading these low ranked vampires is a vampire master and he can handle two werewolves at the same time and he works directly under the vampire lord some vampires Rush inside and they spot suu with his minions vampire are quite confident they can easily take him

down suu and his minions start running away from the vampires suu stops after leading them to a dead end vampires Become a bit afraid because they feel something is wrong suu summons his remaining minions from the void he also uses death response to summon zombies and vampires become afraid zombie starts massacring the vampires righty uses his command skill on the skeleton minions which gives them a small buff most of the vampires have lost hope because of curse of death suu is quite pleased with his formation and strategy a female vampire tries to go directly for

S Wu But she gets hit by Fireballs of cabal sorcerers righty finishes her off by cutting her into two pieces and S receives 2,000 gold for killing her vampire Master is the last remaining vampire but he is quite strong normal skeletons and zombies are getting easily wrecked by him two zombies manage to bite him but he easily gets rid of one of them vampire Master tries to go directly for sunu but while he is in the air sunu explodes the remaining zombie Which deals a huge amount of damage to the vampire Master he falls to

the ground and rvo start munching on him s kills the vampire Master with the nameless sword he receives 20,000 gold for killing a special player and the egg hatching days are reduced to 4,949 days s Wu revives all of the dead vampires with complete limbs s also received another Synergy because he has more than five vampire skeletons in his party this Synergy adds 5% bleed damage To all of their attacks and they activate the berserk mode after dying which boosts all of their stats by 10% Sonu is now sure that he has the best deck

possible in this level jiu and hanul have also sneaked in with the survivors jiu sent a private message to S Wu because the vampires have just started acting more suspicious they're asking people to hand over their weapons as a requirement to enter the safety zone suu is sure that vampire lord must Have sens the deaths of his underlings that's why he's speeding things up meanwhile in the survivor's Camp an old player spots some werewolves which are piked on the rooftop the survivors become amazed after watching it because these redwolves are powerful enough to tear apart

normal wolves with ease jizu and hano's turn comes up for handing over their weapons jizu thinks these players who are working for the vampires are pathetic meanwhile Tesson comes from Behind he tells jiu Yun that he hid her twin swords in the spot she told him about it was quite easy for them because their gang member Yong shik is a two star Thief they also got the stuff hanho requested after going through the weapon screening process they are moved with other players soon the Vampire Lord comes out with his lesser vampires they are all wearing

masks and the vampire lord seems mad because of sun Wu hanho and jiu Yun both know that the one Leading this group is the true vampire lord and now they just need to wait for sunu to arrive the vampires surround the survivors and the vampire Lords start addressing them he tells them that Humanity has stopped evolving and This Disaster has happened because of the shortcomings of humans he goes on to say that they will be killed here so that the next stage of evolution can happen all of the vampires remove their masks and vampire Laura

tells them that the Vampires are the only chosen one who are destined to ascend to the next stage of evolution survivors become scared and the vampires start massacring them the survivors can't escape because there are electric fences around them Spearman kyong Su comes driving in and he crashes the school bus into the electric elect fences jizu and hanho come out with their weapons and they start guiding the players to safety vampire lord becomes more enraged but Sonu steps out of the Bus and tells him that he is here to crash the mosquito King's party vampire

lord welcomes sunu to the party and Madame Yang heads out with the human collaborators to round up the escaping survivors vampire lord tells him that the survivors will be dead by the time he deals with him but suu is sure that his party members can take care of them on their own a werewolf jumps on the vampire our Lord and He easily smashes the head of the werewolf but it was a Trap and there are goblin dead bodies filled inside the werewolf some wood detonates the goblin corpses which results in a huge explosion the vampires

become more agitated because their leader has been hit with a deadly attack suu runs back inside the bus and the vampires start following him there are a lot of dead monster corpses inside the bus and suo seems to have escaped through a hole in the bus some explodes the bus which results in the death of a Huge number number of vampires vampire lord hand starts emitting red energy which means he is somehow regaining his strength meanwhile Madame yangang is chasing down the survivors along with the player collaborators but suddenly the player collaborators start dying one

after another Madame Yang feels an ominous presence behind her and she manages to dodge a deadly surprise attack from jizu Yun both girls are pumped up and they get ready to go Toe-to-toe against each other hanho and Tess Hong managed to escort the survivors to a safe location but but a vampire appears who was stationed there by the vampire lord himself Hano tries to stop Tong but he starts attacking the vampire because he thinks this vampire looks weaker than others the vampire manages to dodge all of his attacks and he's about to bite the neck

of Tong but he gets interrupted by hano's daggers the vampire jumps up in the air while Dodging the punch of Tesson hanho throws some daggers which successfully hit his face and he falls down to the ground the vampire is not dead yet and he is pissed because they damaged his beautiful face on the other side suu has taken care of the low-level vampires with that explosion but he knows that his real adversary is still alive the vampire lord jumps on the bus and he seems to have changed his form after drinking the blood of his

own lesser vampire suu Summons his minions from the void and the Vampire Lord starts rushing toward him the vampire lord jumps in the middle of the orc skeleton formation and he starts crushing them to Pieces s realizes that these orc skeletons can't stop the vampire lord for much longer s activates death response and Zombies come out of the ground vampire lord easily gets rid of them and some detonates the zombies but this time Vampire Lord blocks the explosion with His blood field skill Sunwood changes his strategy and he sends the werewolves for the cereus Synergy

this Synergy effect increases their strength against a single enemy Vamp Lord is quite confident and he takes care of three werewolves in just a single slash attack vampire lord tells s Wu that he is losing badly because he belongs to an unevolved species he further elaborates that the strong ones are destined to rule over weak the vampire lord was a Serial killer even before the class selection happened after selecting the vampire class he knew for sure that the guy who turned this world into a game wanted him to evolve into an apex being and he's

going to lead the world to its next Evolution s tells him these things are not even going to matter because vampire lord is destined to die today soon vampire lord gets a telepathy message from Madame Yang and she needs his help madame yangang has suffered Several injuries at the hands of jiu Yun Madame Yang is pissed because she couldn't land even a single hit on jiu jiu Yun got a lot of practical experience by hunting herself while Madame Yang just bit chains players to get stronger that's why she's badly losing to her DC manages to

land a critical double slash attack on Madame Yang Madame Yang falls to the ground and jisu Yun finishes her off meanwhile on the other side hanho and Tesson are not Doing well vampire give them a once- in a life opportunity to become a vampire like him he tells them this new world is unfair and they can increase their survival chances by becoming a parasite and sticking to someone stronger like the Vampire Lord hanho says he is right and sticking to someone stronger is the best strategy in this world filled with monsters that's why he's sticking

with s Wu a rider comes from behind the vampire and he gets distracted hanu throws a Dagger while the vampire's attention is on the motorbike the vampire manages to dodge the dagger and it goes directly into the chest of the rider but he is saved because he had a goblin sitting in the front it was all part of hano's plan and he was aiming for the Goblin in the first place Hano grows bigger because of his skill which makes him Invincible for some time after each kill the vampire attacks him with all of his Force

but his attack had no effect on hanho who is Currently Invincible hanho stabs him again and again with his highp speed slash skill Tong and a Spearman also attack him at the same time Vampire tries to go for Tess song but hanho blocks his attack vampire becomes pissed and he keeps attacking him Spearman and Tesson go for another attack and they manage to inflict serious damage on the vampire while hanho is working as their Shield Hano starts losing power and the vampire notices it someone throws a Goblin and Hano kills it with his knife it

turns out one of Tesson gang members is tasked at throwing goblins at hanho whenever his skill Runs Out hanho tells the vampire that he can power up as many times as he wants because he has a lot of fresh goblins in stock all players gang up on the vampire and they manag to defeat him the vampire lord was observing their fights and he gets even more pissed at his Elite vampires someone tells him that his Elite Vampires lost to humans and it is his turn next because he already knows about all of his weaknesses Suma

tells him that his first weakness is that he can't use any weapon vampire's second weakness is their low Defense level and their High regeneration ability their third weakness is that they have no mana and they need blood for all of their abilities all this time suu was using Devil's Bloodstone item which was leeching off his health by 2% descent With each successful hit Vampire Lord starts feeling weaker Su tells him that his fourth weakness is that he talks too much and instead of focusing on his minions he should have gone straight for sun Wu vampire

lord activates blood field around him and he starts heading directly towards sunu righty blocks his way and he tries to attack righty but he uses his Parry skill to divert the attack of the vampire lord righty throws a bottle filled with slime liquid Directly to his face vampire Lord's face starts melting and his vision is getting blurry as well he has used too much blood and now he has not enough regeneration power to heal his eyes Sonu orders his minions to finish off The Vampire Lord he can hear their footsteps but it is still dangerous

for him and he could easily die he starts wrecking low ranked orc skeletons rushing at him but he needs blood to regain his power soon he smells blood somewhere and he starts Heading over there he's going after the blood of werewolves they hung at the building for survivors to watch when they entered Vamp ourl Lord reaches the rooftop but a werewolf minion stabs him from above suu tells him that he's an idiot and suu was getting his werewolf minion Supply from that building in the first place vampire lord receives massive damage as he hits the

ground suu is going to finish this party with fireworks so one of his minions throws The vampire lord in a room filled with monster corpses sunu detonates the building and the vampire lord finally dies with that explosion s receives 10,000 gold for killing a special player but he also completed No Country for Wicked men special Quest so the system Awards him with 30,000 gold and a c rank item ticket his Destiny has been altered as well because he completed an exclusive Quest and he will receive an exclusive skill in return his party Arrives and suu

is glad to see them alive and they start celebrating their Victory the next morning everyone is quite happy to see their saviors there are also some people in the mix who were saved before by suu's party but soon the survivors become confused with the arrival of a whole regiment of soldiers Sergeant Kim is leading them and he was spectating their fight from a distance someone was wondering what they are doing here Sergeant Kim tells him they Were monitoring the group which was claiming that they have made safe zones but they never imagined something this disastrous

could happen suu is glad that they didn't try to fight the vampires because they look much weaker Sergeant Kim informs him that the Korean army is alive and well and there is someone who wants to meet him the Army returns to their base without s Wu and their leaders seems to be pissed about it during nighttime suu opens up his status Window he received 150,000 gold alone from his last battle against the vampire lord he got a new skill called create bone armor and now he can make armor using the bones of corpses Sun Wu

uses his skill to make a bone armor for himself it automatically becomes equipped on sun Wu body and it is also quite comfortable he can equip his minions with this armor as well which will greatly boost their defense finally he received a heroic rank draw repeating Crossbow which can be fired without reloading this is a perfect weapon for S Wu because he stays behind most of the times while his minions do the fighting suu is feeling quite confident about his current state but suddenly he sees a house engulfed in flames his mom and dad are

burning inside and they are calling for his help suu tries to help them but he realizes that he is in the body of a kid kids Wu becomes afraid and he starts running away from his burning parents he Wakes up from his dream and hanho informs him that Sergeant Kim is here to see him with some soldiers suu starts preparing to meet them but he is still afraid after watching that dream a bold officer rushes inside while hanho tries to stop him he introduces himself as Lieutenant major Tayon PAC of the Army's S1 Division and

Sergeant Kim is also accompanying him Lieutenant Pac gets straight to the point and he tells Tang Wu that he wants him to collaborate with Them in their future missions suu inquires about which type of collaboration they want and Lieutenant p tells him they want him to join the Army s and righty become a bit disappointed after hearing it and he asks Lieutenant Pac why he wants him to join Lieutenant Park tells him that they want him to help them in reclaiming a territory he further informs him that the prosecutor of Yung Dono denies the government

Authority and he created a renegade Group plus he created the first Guild in Korea and he formed a safety zone to reestablish order he also defeated a boss monster in their area Lieutenant Park becomes enranged as he thinks the entire nation should be rallying behind the Army but suu disagrees with him because government was completely ineffective when the survivors needed their help Lieutenant Park is about to burst with anger and suu tells him he can work as a mercenary for them he Further tells him that government does not means anything in this new world Lieutenant

Park grabs his collar but suu pushes him away and starts leaving Lieutenant Park tells him that he will not survive long enough without the support of the army but s is ready to take his chances in this new world the survivors are feeling safe with the soldiers around J Yun tells anho that people tend to rely on stable organizations such as military but the Expressions of these soldiers are not looking well hanho has watched many army related movies so he is quite impressed by them he asks one of the soldiers about the private Quan whom

they met back with Sergeant Kim the soldier tells him that it's a classified information so he can't share it with him both Jun and hanho realize that these soldiers are acting weird and some information about a private Soldier can never be considered classified Meanwhile s Wu wanted to cooperate with the Army but he can't bear that arrogant Lieutenant Park Sergeant Kim approaches s Wu and he's feeling bad for the lieutenant Park's aggressive behavior in truth the Army is in The Real Pickle and they need his help Sergeant Kim tells him he wants to show him

some top secret thing both of them head toward a parking lot of a building there are a few soldiers stationed around there they make their way around them and reach a Room Sergeant Kim shows a prophecy Stone to S Wu these prophecy stones are scattered around around the world and whoever touches them can see a vision of the future but not everyone sees the exact same thing he further tells him that this game is totally unbalanced because those people who have access to these prophecy stones have an advantage suu is a bit hesitant but he

touches the season to prophecy Stone it shows him a glimpse of the future where everyone Including him and his party had been turned into Undead creatures by a being known as Lich King Lich King looks at Sun Wu and he starts burning with that the dream is over but tungu is still getting Goosebumps from what he just witnessed the prophecy Stone gives an announcement that season 2 will start on 1st January it turns out Sergeant Kim also had seen something similar when he used the prophecy Stone in the past s receives another objective based Exclusive

Quest called who is the master of death he needs to seize the Grim Reaper scythe and as a reward he will receive wave of death skill which he just witnessed after touching prophecy Stone the location of the Grim Reaper Scythe will be revealed to him when he is level 15 the choices he makes during this Quest will affect his Destiny s is worried because season 2 will start in just two months and if he fails everything will just turn out like what He saw in the prophecy Stone suu inquires about the location of the boss

of this area from Sergeant Kim it turns out boss monsters have started appearing after the start of season 1 but someone was dealing with the vampires at that time Sergeant Kim has information about one boss monster and it is the same boss monster that Lieutenant Park wanted to s Wu to kill suu tells Sergeant Kim to inform Lieutenant Park that he was able to convince s Wu to help them get rid of The boss but s Wu also wants gold for his service the next day sergeant Kim informs Lieutenant park that suu is ready to

help them but he wants 100,000 gold for his service Lieutenant Park becomes angry after hearing it company Commander informs Lieutenant Park that there is no one on the same power level as s Wu and he also witnessed his power when he defeated the vampire lord Lieutenant Park tells them that they still have first class Sergeant Kang who Is quite powerful company Commander informs him that first class Sergeant K is powerful but the players under Army command are not that much useful while suu has an army of skeletons which can sacrifice their life for him at

any given moment sunu can easily wipe out a whole Battalion with just his low ranked skeletons the Army brings in around 60,000 gold per day by defeating monsters and they can hire s Wu with their two days of gold earnings the boss Monster has taken control of airstrip which is a strategic point for the military the Army had previously sent dozens of players but only first sergeant Kang returned alive from there traveling by air is the safest means of transportation if they can avoid the vibrants plus Lieutenant Park will be promoted if they take back

control of the airp lieutenant Park is still angry but he agrees to hire s Wu the company Commander pays Su Wu and he tells Su Wu That he needs to defeat the monster within 3 days Sergeant Kang will be accompanying them on this Mission and he is the only Survivor who returned alive from the failed boss hunt Sergeant K is a bit disappointed because he will be working as an assistant of sun Wu Sergeant Kang asks about the level of sun Wu and he informs him that he is on level 10 Sergeant Kang and the

Army players become shocked they have been killing Orcs non-stop but they still Haven't reached level 10 SOA tells them that he needs to kill stronger monsters than just mere Orcs Sergeant Kang angrily tells him that the boss is on a whole different level meanwhile the number of survivors in suu's Camp has also increased Spearman kyungu suggests that they should build a town with the help of these survivors those people with support skills will help build the town while the players with fighter classes will be responsible for hunting And defending the town their goal is to

increase their gold and military strength hano's parents praise kungu for his idea but it tells them that it was the idea of suu in the first place kongu thinks he is not a reliable person because all of his friends died at the hands of the vampires due to his rash decisions hano's father tries to motivate him and tells him that he has all the qualities of a true leader meanwhile someone in his party is Wrecking hav on the streets not even a single mob can stand their ground against them even low ranked monsters are now

afraid of them Sun Party heads inside a building and they find a Smith shop in there the Smith shop gives option to S Wu to combine three of his legendary rank item into one at the price of 100,000 gold sunu starts preparing his three items for the combination but there's a 2% chance of losing his items so Jesu starts praying For sun Wu sunu proceeds with the combination and the three items starts merging suu gets a legendary rank item called chaos Crystal it grants chaos attribute to its user and boosts Mana by 500 and Mana

region by 250 it can also steal mana and health by 3% during simultaneous attacks both hanho and jiu Yun congratulate s for his new item gcn checks Smithy and it turns out she can also combine her fire wet stone with in sary Blade and this combination requires 15,000 gold she combines her items and receives an ignition blade which causes Burns whenever she strikes an enemy Hano becomes angry at the system because there is nothing available for him to combine they head back to the store in a car complex to buy more items but the store

has already been destroyed by someone else there's a message written on the wall which says that all pathetic humans are going to die because the age of a new species is coming they realized That this message was written with monster claw sun with thinks that maybe it was done by a new kind of intelligent monster with that said they start heading back to the town on their way they meet Sergeant Kim who's performing a group quest with other soldiers if they complete a group Quest their Commander receives a completion reward and the solders defense and

attack power increases by 10% for the next day but Sergeant Kim is wondering that they have Been killing Orcs and goblins for a very long time but they keep appearing like they are responding from somewhere Sergeant Kim hopes that it must not be the case or their sufferings will never end the low ranked soldiers are just being used as slaves by the Army to mine gold and they don't even let the soldiers use the online forum suu is thinking that Army is still using same old rules that's why the prosecutor Guild has a better chance

of growing in This new world suu tells the soldiers to rest at their own town because it is close by meanwhile the town is getting invaded by were Bears and the survivors can't seem to hold their ground against them in the end Spearman kungu becomes scared after facing the we bear the bear does a swing attack but kungu jumps over the bear he slashes both of the eyes of the bear with one swing attack kangu is happy because he bides some time for others but another bear manages to catch Him kangu is about to be

crushed to death but righty chops off the arm of the bear Jun finishes off the bear with a single stab attack another bear is about to attack her from behind but hanho blocks his attack with his Invincible skill suu arrives there and he's quite happy because these powerful bears are about to become a part of his army the soldiers become amazed after witnessing some's power from their very own eyes suu received the Bears and he Received a wild Tyrant Synergy for having more than four bears in his party this Synergy decreases enemy defense by 10%

and it increases all allies defense by 10% s sing Kim to inform his Commander that he's ready to fight the boss and reclaim the airstrip the next morning the survivors from the last were bear attack are getting healed Hano and GC Yun congratulate Spearman kungu for holding down the were Bears on his own sunu and Ry praise him as well s Kang Arrives there and he mocks the condition of suu's town and suu is not happy with his attitude suu tells them that they are in a rough condition because they were attacked by were Bears

last night Sergeant Kang tells him he knows those bears are very tough opponents because he defeated one of them in the past Sergeant Kim informed s Wu before that Sergeant Kang has a three- Star Striker class he uses martial arts instead of weapons but no one knows about what he Chose during the second class election Sergeant Kim informs first class Sergeant Kang that sun Wu is ready and they can leave right away Sergeant cam becomes more pissed he angrily grabs Sergeant Kim and tells him that he should shut up because he is not bringing in

the required gold from daily quests some thinks these low ranked soldiers are nothing more than slaves for the Army Sergeant Kim burst out in anger and he tells Sergeant Kang that a Lot of his companions died because of him Sergeant Kang strangles him and tells him to just shut up and keep bringing in Gold like he's supposed to he further tells him that his troops died because of the incompetence of Sergeant Kim and he should not have chosen the useless class like a warsmith s tells him that he wants to leave right away and he

don't have time for sergeant K Circ Sergeant Kang angrily leaves with his Troops Sergeant Kim also leaves with his troops because they need to prepare for the boss raid suu and his party members feel sorry for sergeant Kim but there's nothing they can do to help him suu and the military guys arrive at the airstrip but air strip is in a very bad condition right now Sergeant Kang is a jealous person and he hasn't told s Wu any useful information about the boss but Sergeant Kim already informed s wuo about it finally the boss monster

giant Troll appears at the airstrip but it is much bigger than what suu expected troll finally spots sunu party and he starts running toward them but sunu uses death response on him and his zombies take a hold of his legs troll easily gets rid of all of them in a single slam attack the whole ground starts shaking because of his attack suu detonates the zombie and the explosion engulfs the troll after the smoke subsides the troll seems to have suffered a minor injury which is Getting healed with his regeneration ability this boss monster has no

special abilities like the boss monster some who faced in the past but his strength alone is enough to make up for it boss gives a loud roar hanso and gun get prepared because it's their turn to fight the boss meanwhile on the other side company Commander informs Lieutenant K that the prosecutor of Yong dungo is gaining more influence by absorbing the small groups of survivors company Commander asks Lieutenant park for his permission to write a post on the public forum to make the public calm but Lieutenant Park stops him because the higher ups think trusting

this system too much will be dangerous for the Army company Commander is a bit skeptical about the higher-ups decision because the game's influence in the real world is now too big and they should play by its rules theut Park is a pathetic person and he orders his troops to kill s Wu after the boss monster gets Defeated first sergeant Kang is accompanying s Wu and he will perform the execution right after the troll gets defeated Lieutenant Park orders company Commander to head over there and steal all gold and valuable items from s Wu before killing

him company Commander is not happy with the decision of Lieutenant Park but he has no other choice but to follow the orders of his superiors meanwhile on the battlefield hanho is Soaking up all of the damage from the boss with his Invincible skill hanho is a bit disappointed in the boss because his attacks are not even tickling him a bit boss is a bit tired after all of his attacks and J Yun jumps on him from behind she manages to stab the back of the boss she jumps away from the boss after leaving her sword

stuck in him there is an invincible rope attached to her sword Hano starts circling around the boss with the Rope first sergeant Kang is amazed because he thought some's friends were just useless idiots and they were using him to gain levels they are both able to easily face the boss without suffering any major injuries hano's Invincible ability is about to go on cool down but Sergeant Kim has got a fresh supply of goblins for him Hano kills the Goblins by throwing a knife and his force field reactivates finally hanho is able to tie down the

boss with the Invincible rope the boss monster Falls to the ground and now it's sunu turn to face the boss head on one of suu's minions gives him Dragon knight's masterless sword and he starts charging toward the boss with his minions all of them start bashing and piercing the boss one of the orc skeletons punches the boss from behind the boss Monster eats the orc skeleton but there were many dead bodies inside the skeleton's bag and Sunwood detonates them which results in a big explosion inside his mouth suu Walks up to the boss and he

stabs the head of the boss with masterless sword which results in his death he receives 220,000 gold for defeating the boss and his level has risen up to 11 all of his stats have increased by two and he received a received a special item chest killing the boss monster with mless sword decreased egg hatching Time by 98 days and now there are 4,850 days left until the egg hatches suu chose create bone weapons card as his level up skill And now he can make more variety of weapons with the bones first sergeant Kang is Amazed

by suu's feet but now he needs to get rid of him Sergeant Kang is a bit hesitant but suu tells him that he's a bit late for the surprise attack meaning he knew everything from the start Sergeant Kang attacks him with his Magnum blow skill which results in a big explosion but suu use the new Shield bone to block his attack their surprise attack failed so Sergeant Kang orders His soldiers to attack suu's minions while he takes care of them he starts charging straight towards s Wu he blows suu's bone shield with a single Magnum

punch sunu tries to attack him with the masterless sword but Sergeant K kicks it out of his hand he becomes more cocky but suu slashes his face a bit with a bone dagger he just from his bone armor Sergeant Kang is still confident that he can win but he realizes that he's surrounded by all the Dead skeletons That he just mashed Sun Wu creates Spears with those bones that pierces through Sergeant Kang he calls for his soldiers help but they were already in cahoots with s Wu Sergeant Kim comes up to him and tells him

that they will no longer be slaughtered for the delusional creeps like first sergeant Kang company Commander arrives there and he tells them that they are making a mistake and they can't survive in this ruthless world without the army company Commander Starts throwing threats at the soldiers meanwhile first sergeant K got out of the spears but he finally snapped company Commander tries to stop him but he uses a mysterious injection on himself after taking the injection his body mass starts increasing it was a drug that turns humans into uncontrollable we beasts Sergeant K kills company Commander

first he has fully transformed into a tiger type wear Beast both jiu Yun and the Tigers start Advancing toward each other he does a frontal attack but jisu Yun manages to dodge it with a supreme sense skill she jumps at him to attack him with her ignition sword and she manages to stab one of his paws but her sword is stuck inside his hand and he throws her away with a single punch suu activates his cerebus Synergy which gives his minions a lot of Buffs if they are fighting against a single enemy suu is really

pissed and he's determined to finish him Off right here his wolves and bears easily manage to take down the we tiger with their huge numbers meanwhile on the other side a soldier is report to battal Commander that their troops are back Sergeant Kim arrives there and Battalion Commander Pac inquires about their mission Sergeant Kim reports that they have defeated the boss Balan Commander is happy but he asks about company commander and Sergeant Kang Sergeant Kim replies that they are both dead and suu Arrives there he's here to talk about the mission where Sergeant Kang tried

to kill him Sergeant Kim arrives at their main headquarter with s Wu and his minions the soldiers become afraid after seeing the skeletons Sergeant Kim informs his companions is that they are going to be free very soon suu rushes inside the building he throws Lieutenant park inside their Commander's office the commander is disappointed in Lieutenant PK because he failed to stop the Rebellion Soo thinks this Commander is pathetic because he drives his troops to their deaths Commander informs him that they only survived up to this point because they followed the military rules suu tells him

that he is pathetic and he forced his troops to fight for him and they are on edge right now Commander tells him that on the first day of this apocalypse they bot hard against the monster and many soldiers sacrificed their lives in the process they were Granted a hidden Synergy effect for fighting hard as a group this Synergy effect grants the commanding officer with the commander class the commander can order anything from his troops and if they disobey him they will receive punishment in the form of a restriction on all of their stats his troops

are granted a group Quest at 6: a.m. every day and they receive a small amount of buff upon the completion of the quest if a soldier disobeys or leave the area he Will be branded as a dis des erter and all the monsters within the vicinity will start hunting down that soldier s tells him all this time he was sending his soldiers to their deaths the world right now is just like a survival game and all humans are just chess ponds on the board of the creator of this game suu gets to the point and

inquires about why he ordered his troops to kill him Commander tells him that he is a thorn in his side and he cannot let R groups Like his flourish in this world and topple the government Commander keeps accusing him of many things but some realizes that the commander is not even trying to mince his words to not offend s Wu and maybe the commander thinks he can take care of s Wu with his little crossbow suu tells him to release the soldiers from a syy and hand over all of his gold to him if he

does that suu will leave this area one season one ends Commander becomes pissed and he tells Suu that all golden soldiers belong to the military suu sets the record straight and tells him that he is not here to make a deal either the commander should hand over everything himself or Sonu will retrieve them after killing him the commander becomes afraid and he agrees to suu's conditions Commander hands over 45,000 gold to Sun Wu but suu thinks it's too less suu inquires about the we Beast vows from the commander but he refuses to tell him because

it was Not part of their deal suu blackmails him by saying that he will not leave after the first stage ends the commander tells him that he buy the vials from the wandering Peddlers and they never told him their main location they also told the commander that powerless and pathetic people buy stuff from the r stores s remembers that this same catchphrase was written on the destroyed store wall and he thinks they are responsible for destroying the store s Starts leaving with his minions but Commander tries to attack him from behind with his crossbow another

soldiers rushes in with the crossbow and he Fires at s Wu but he manages to block it with his bone Shield Sun Wu had enough and he throws the bone spear Shard at them which led to their deaths suu receives 14,000 gold for killing both of them a minion tries to go for the command but he tells him to stop or he will detonate a bomb this bomb is Called Abyss concentrate and he B it from the wandering pedlers sunu becomes happy and asks him to use Abyss concentrate on him because it's the same skill

Ark Shaman used against him back in the school the rare tiger smashes through the window and he crushes the Commander's hand suu tells him to send his regard to the vampire lord in hell and the we tiger beheads the commander with a single attack sunu receive 6,000 gold for killing a level three player he Thinks the commander was a pathetic loser because he was still on level three Commander had only a little gold left because he spent all of their resources to buy something else we tiger opens up a locker and there are many products

inside which the commander bought from the Peddlers the description of the we Beast vial say that they were originally created by an unknown player by boiling a human who just turned into a were Beast injecting this vial into The muscles will turn the player into a were Beast for 20 minutes meanwhile on the outside J Yun is getting healed by hano's new healing skill they are using hano's skill instead of potions because they gave them away to the wounded soldiers and Hano needs to increase his healing skill level hanu is a bit a hurt because

even suu's Minions look down upon him but Ry comes up to him and Pat him which gives him some courage Sun Wu comes out and inquires about JC yun's Injuries she tells him that she is all right and she rushed at the we tiger because she thought her class can easily match the wear tiger some tells him that it is all right because there are many other monsters she can easily kill with her skills alone Sonu is glad that Hano learned a healing skill because soon they will need to face the Lich King's Undead Army

and the priest class is the perfect counter for the undead class Hano can even one day beat Sun Wu if he Utilizes his class well Hano asks about Sun Wu's new cool looking robe some tells him that he received it from the chest he got after killing the troll it's a legendary ran Cat called Shadow King's robe it reduces damage by 10% and it allows the wearer to remain hidden in the shadows until he attacks an enemy or someone uses a detection skill to catch him Hano becomes disheartened because he never received any legendary rank

item Sergeant Kim informed s Wu that some Soldier decided to depart to look for their families while rest of them are going to S Wu's town there were also some who refused to cooperate to the very end and they will fend for themselves now suu tells them to head back to the town suu needs to keep grinding levels because there are only 3 days left until the end of stage one back in the town everyone is busy grinding levels and in dungeons meanwhile suu leveled up to 12 after Defeating an Orcs camp but his level

up progress has slowed down because he's only encountering weaker monsters suu selected a strength card as his level up option and his strength increased by three and now his total strength is 13 but it's still not enough he needs to level up to 15 as soon as possible and acquire the Grim Reaper Scythe a new notification pops up which informs the players that chapter one of the main story has ended the double gold event Bonus is is also invalid now plus the restriction on travel between different areas has also been lifted a main story start

guide pops up it congratulates the player for surviving up to chapter 2 the system further tells them that they will soon find out the purpose of this game and now the survivors need to build up their strength to face this new world three more warning pop up which tells them that this event will last for 20 days raid boss monsters will appear Throughout the world which will provide major Awards and these raid B es can attack the safety zones as well the last whing says that signs of Angels or demon caps are scheduled for a

later update players can start looking for the traces of both species which are scattered across the world sunu realizes that there are two important things in this new update first are the raid bosses and second are demons or Angels but he has no information about them hanho informed S Wu about something major in the mobile app it turns out they published the ranking for the Korean server suu is on third place on the whole Korean server s is Amazed by the guy on first position because he's been killing monster non-stop but he's still on level

12 he thinks maybe that guy on rank one is a hardcore gamer jiu realizes something strange about the fourth and fifth place players judging by their ID names they both belong to the same group but They're still in the top five together Hano tells s Wu to check out the online Forum it turns out taking place prosecutor of Yong dumo wants to meet him and he made a public post about it he wants to request an official meeting with s Wu he has the Korea's largest survival Community with 500 players working under him their goal

is to overcome this crisis and reveal the truth behind this game the prosecutor has heard many good things about s Wu And he wants him to join his Guild the prosecutor will come in person if s Wu agrees to meet him suu is sure that this prosecutor guy wants something different from him that he is not showing to others now suu has one more thing to worry about out meanwhile on the other side prosecutor and his Guild members are burning some monsters one of his players informs him that travel restrictions have been lifted and this

is the perfect opportunity to expand Their territory a female Hunter stops him because there are raid bosses demons and angels outside and they first need information about them prosecutor tells them that their mission is to slay monsters and save people they need to prevent the annihilation of their civilization the players become motivated after hearing it the female player tried to track the number one player so they can recruit him but there is no trace of him anywhere that's why She made that post to recruit s Wu who is on the third place they need good

reputed players like s Wu to increase their strength because this world is filled with selfish and corrupt people the survivors are praising sunu non-stop on the online forums and he has become more popular than prosecutor the prosecutor needs to meet him as fast as possible and make sure that he is not a threat to their future the female player informs the prosecutor that sunu reply To their post and he's ready to meet the prosecutor prosecutor tells his players to get ready to travel to Hong Fortress and Su one the next morning some tells his companions

that he needs to meet prosecutor to share some important information and he wants to know about tips to level up quickly or they will be killed by the Lich in the future Tung biker groups arrives there and he informs s Wu that they were attacked by some strange people who took his friend Yungi with them they were looking for something called Golden deer but once they found out Tesson group knows nothing about the golden deer they started attacking them J Yun thinks that they're just a bunch of Outlaws from another area but soon they will

find out about their Town once they investigate Yong shik suu asks Tong to lead him to those Bandits meanwhile the bandits are beating Yong shik but he is not giving away any information to them he knows They will finish him off if he tells them the information about their Town one player is about to kill him but some's party arrives there on time Bandits ask them the same question about the golden deer but some tells him that he has no idea about what they have never heard of anything related to Golden deer the Bandit is

a pervert so he asks them to hand over J Yun to them Jun snaps and she wants to kill him the Bandit rushes toward her he uses a skill With his weapon but J Yun Dodges it he keeps swinging his weapon at her but she easily Dodges all of his attacks finally she decides that it is enough and she cuts one of the arms of the Bandit his henchman throws a fireball at jizu but she easily manages to Parry it jizu rushes at them with her sword and she burns them alive with her skill two

more Bandits get nailed by hano's daggers one of the bandits took Yung shik hostage and he's threatening them to back off S Appears from behind him and he finishes him off with his dagger some Bandits manag to escape in time on their motorbikes Tesson asks shik if he found out about anything on the golden deer from the bandits and he replies that it gives players some epic items soon jiu spots a golden deer near them a hidden Quest appears and now they need to catch the golden deer to acquire one of the tickets to a

hidden stage some who uses his technique right below the golden Deer and his zombies start appearing out of it the golden deer managed to escape from them suu sends his werewolves after the deer they chase the deer into an Alleyway but their path seems to be already blocked by a werewolf the werewolf becomes scared after watching Sun's party and it starts running away from them the golden deer gets easily crushed by suu's ra wolves suu receives a part of the ticket to the hidden stage but suu is worried about about something Because all werewolves instinctively

attacked their prey while this one used his head and ran away he is worried about it but they need to head back to town for their meeting meanwhile back in town everyone is happy because they are going to see the prosecutor which is quite famous on the online forum suu is quite impressed because prosecutor made it this far using a helicopter without worrying about the wyver sunu and the prosecutor meet each other for the first Time the prosecutor introduces himself as Jong chin s Wu notices that people of his town saw the prosecutor for the

first time but they are acting overly Charmed by him they are acting the same way the less vampires acted for their vampire lord even hano's eyes are sparkling after meeting the prosecutor suu takes him to his office and prosecutor tells him that the people of his town are very Lively prosecutor further elaborates that they are not Doing too much well because survivors are flocking in young dung Po and the total number of people in Yung dunp has exceeded 30,000 suu thinks that having more people must make his Guild stronger but prosecutor tells him that is

not the case because most of the survivors are children or elderly who cannot go out in the fields to hunt that is why he needs strong people like s Wu to join his Guild he knows s Wu is quite capable because he made it to top five in the Rankings which is a tough task in itself when the game started his parents were killed by the monsters he somehow made it out alive due to his power the prosecutor despises this game and he wants to take his revenge on the entity who created it that is

why he wants s Wu to join him because he wants reliable people with good reputation like him there is also something else which made him personally come to S Wu prosecutor shows him another prophecy Stone and he Asks s Wu to touch it after s Wu touches it he is shown Another Bad ending for the Korean server this ending shows feature glimpse of Yoo Island some Roots start sprouting out of the ground and they turn into a big world tree its roots start finding and killing players around the area the prophecy Stone 's notification informs

him that this tragedy will occur if they fail to stop the Fallen ones who will plant the seed of the world tree in a certain area and Cause it to mutate by offering human sacrifices prosecutor tells him that they need to work together to stop this tragedy from happening he further informs him that the world tree has planted its roots on Yoo Island and there happens to be a boss raid in there prosecutor becomes pumped up and he tells sunu that they need to raid the boss as soon as they can suu also agrees with

him because the fate of their world is at stake but he hesitates to share The information about the Lich King because that tragedy will only occur if suu fails to obtain the Grim Reaper's scythe or maybe prosecutor will kill him thinking that it will cancel the exclusive Quest suu agrees to cooperate with them but he will not join his Guild they will form a temporary Alliance and the rewards from The Raid will be shared equally among them they are about to shake on these conditions but hanho bursts in the room and he informs them That

a group of Raiders is heading toward their Town prosecutor tells him that it is a great opportunity to show off their guilds fighting prowess the Raiders are drawing close by and prosecutor already knows about suu's class so he tells him about his class prosecutor has a crusader Commander class he can receive a powerful Synergy by appointing Crusaders and forming an order of knights one of the Raider Lackey spots suu's party and he informs His leader that they killed his men the leader tells them that he was originally looking for the golden deer but now he

will get a lot of gold and resources after massacring the whole town prosecutor can just tell by one glance that these Raiders are used to killing people he orders his Crusaders team to charge at the enemy the Raider leader orders to shoot down the Crusaders with ranged attacks the ice and Fireball skills are about to hit the Crusaders But prosecutor forms a shield around them which manages to soak up all of the range attacks the leader of the Raiders tells his laes to engage in close-range combat one Raider tries to bash a crusader with his

iron maze but he gets chopped in half by him the Crusaders are successfully managing to keep the Raiders at bay raiders Tred to mash two of their trucks into the formation of Crusaders but prosecutor uses his cross spear skill which obliterates both Trucks in an instant Sonu is impressed because prosecutor just took out two trucks with one attack the Raiders are getting pushed back by the Crusaders but the leader of the bandits threw his axes at them which doubt massive damage to some of them the leader recalls his access to himself which proves that he

is quite powerful and those axes are not ordinary weapons the leader tells them these are Vortex axes and no armor can block them prosecutor calls his weapons Mere toys and he gets ready to face the leader of the Raiders the Raider leader becomes angry after hearing it and he throws his legendary Vortex blades at the prosecutor which results in a big explosion after the smoke subsides the prosecutor is standing above the vortex blades and they have been destroyed by his sword the Bandit leader becomes more Angry after losing his legendary rank weapon the female player

under prosecutor informs Z Wu that the Prosecutor receives a defense boost based on the number of knights in his party and he probably has the highest defense in the world but sunu and J Yun are skeptical about it because they think hanho has the highest defense in the whole world prosecutor uses a crusader Splender skill which heals his units and gives them a buff equal to the amount of damage that he blocked his Knights are buffed and they start rushing at the Raiders but the Raider Leader is still not done with his schemes meanwhile the

town's people are hiding because of the ongoing raid hano's father is curious to know how the Liberation Guild looks like Spearman kyungu is also curious so both of them go out to take a peak but the condition of the Crusaders is not looking good they were all knocked out by what looks like poison gas the Raider leader tells them that he bought his Abyss concentrate from the wandering salesman On the other hand prosecutor wanted to demonstrate a small bit of the fighting Power Of The Liberation Guild to Sun Wu prosecutor starts getting ready to use

a secret technique which he wanted to keep a secret but Sun Wu asks prosecuted to stand down because he has seen enough and now it's his turn to show his new power he just got from the abyss concentrate the leader of the Raiders throws another bottle of Abyss concentrate at s Wu but he becomes even More powerful after absorbing the essence of the Abyss concentrate suu realizes that this Abyss concentrate is a lesser form of the skill or Shaman used at him back in the college campus one of the bandits removes his mask thinking that

the poison is defective but he gets knocked out in an instant s activ activates death response in the midst of the bandits formation and bandits get scared because they now know they are up against the third ranked Necromancer from the Korean server suu's minions start massacring the bandits hano's father and kongu are both happy after watching suu wrecking Havoc hano's mom comes up to check on them which scares them and they give out a loud scream the Bandit leader notices it and tells his underlings to take them hostage the bandits start rushing at them but

jiu Yun blocks their way she starts slashing them with her skill and the Bandit leader realizes that he Should not have messed with these people but he's too late and he gets stabbed from behind by Sun wo sunu receives the other half of the golden deer ticket as a reward which completes his quest another notification pops up which tells him to get ready because he will be teleported to a hidden stage where only ticket owners are allowed soon he gets teleported there and prosecutor is curious about this gate he tries to enter it but he

gets stopped by the System because he has no ticket when one of his underlings says that sun Wu was more powerful than prosecutor but prosecutor stops him from spreading such rumors and it looks like he's being jealous of something prosecutor asks jizu Yun about the gates when we just went into but jizu refuses to tell him anything the prosecutor was using a passive skill called war hero Aura on everyone around him till now this skill creates an aura around the prosecutor Which instills feelings of likability and respect for him this skill works well on lower

level players it can also affect high level players if they are in in a state of anxiety jisu Yun is not affected by this skill on the other hand Dum hanho is completely affected by it and he's about to tell prosecutor about the event but Jun shuts his mouth prosecutor tells them that he wanted to inquire about his gate because he's worried for the safety of s Wu these Words put Jun in a state of anxiety and she spells the beans that this gate leads to a hidden stage the prosecutor thanks her and he tells

her that they don't need to be worried about Su Wu because he's one of the top ranking players he further informs J to that her skills with sword are on another level and he wants her to be a part of The Liberation Guild but jiu straights out refuses his offer Hano is ready to join them but Jun drags him away prosecutor Is quite impressed because most of the people he met before were easily affected by his skill on the other side of the gate suu arrives at the hidden stage a notification pops up which tells

him that he will receive a special award for clearing the stage even if he fails he will be transported back to his original location and if he dies he will still get transported back to the real world some gold colored goblins start surrounding s Wu these goblins are quite Cocky and they think sunu is their prey suu summons Ry only and orders them to get rid of these low ranked pests meanwhile just outside the gate Liberation Guild is taking care of their injured members normal healing potions were not effective so they had to use antidotes

which proves that it was a low rank debuff curse but it can't be healed with antidotes prosecutor is still wondering why such a powerful curse had no effect on s w The glasses guy in prosecutor Guild has a three- star scouter skill and he informs prosecutor that suu was buffed by the curse during the fight the female player tells prosecut that she will write the contract for their Alliance herself which will be more beneficial for them prosecutor allows her to write the contract but reminds her that she should not do anything which can turn S

Wu against them prosecutor is wondering that everyone who first touched the Prophecy Stone became afraid after witnessing a glimpse of the end of the world but s Wu seems non-challenged about it he tasks the female player to find out if sunu had came in contact with the prophecy Stone before meanwhile suu's minions are wrecking Havoc inside the secret dungeon he resurrects some golden Orcs And realizes that these monsters are a bit stronger than the ones in the human world but it poses no threat to S Wu and he is enjoying this Hunt inside the dungeon

he has no one to protect so he can go all out without worrying about anything he is also thinking that he's a oneman army and he has no need for any teammates his expression starts changing but but he becomes normal after hearing someone call his name there is no one around but he thinks he needs to get out of here as soon as possible or he will lose his mind he moves further into the dungeon and he finally arrives to a location Where he has two options he can go for a bigger treasure or a

smaller one with less danger s is quite confident at this point and he chooses the bigger one suu reaches the treasure chest but he is skeptical because no one tried to stop him he orders his minions to attack the treasure chest after getting attacked the treasure chest turns into a mimic boss monster Mimi's teeth are very strong and his bite attack can deal a massive amount of damage suu thinks that Its Mobility must be low because it has no legs or arms Sun Wu orders his were bears and rail wolves to attack it but the

boss monster easily pushes them back and suu gets caught up in the impact suu starts cuffing blood mimik becomes more active after smelling the blood and he starts chasing Z Wu at this point suu realizes that he really messed up this time and he should not have taken the boss monster lightly he's also missing his teammates because he is always extra Careful when they are around mimik is about to Chom s Wu but his minion somehow manage to hold it back sunu activates death response inside the mouth of the mimic and his zombies start rushing

inside its mouth sunu gets back and his minions close the mouth of the mimic with their weight sunu detonates the zombies and even his minions get knocked back by the impact of the explosion after the smoke subsides sunu receives a total of 1,434 points for defeating the mimic and completing A+ ranked Mission the mimic has no damage on its outer shell which means it could not be defeated from outside suu takes a note of it and he will be extra careful from now on after getting healed suu heads towards the next room this classroom is

a reward room and there are many lockers inside which can be unlocked using the points he just got from defeating the boss the items inside these lockers are not Available in the normal stores and they can boost experience and stats of a player suu buys an o both parchment item which can allow him to make a pledge with another player both players can each purpose one condition and failure to meet the condition will result in death suu chooses three more C rank items which includes an upgrade Stone strength upgrade vial and an experience card suu

leveled up to level 13 as a reward for completing the hidden stage And all of his stats are boosted he also received 150,000 gold sunu chooses a guaranteed three-point agility card because if he had enough agility he could have easily outrun the mimic a portal to the real world opens up and S Wu heads inside it suu and a prosecutor meet up again and suu tells him that he is sorry for wasting his time the prosecutor presents him some potions as a gift the prosecutor wants to announce their Alliance to the public So He Suggests

that they should post a picture of both of them and their contract on the Forum one of his Guild members has a photographer class he has scals and items that allow him to post picture on the online Forum he further elaborates that people need hope so they look up to Heroes Like Son Wu and prosecutor this can make suu an easy target for other player but he needs a positive image so he agrees to it after that prosecutor leaves with his Guild jisu Yun tells suu That they need to grind more levels before the raid

and suu agrees with her the next morning a group of goblins and Orcs get attracted by a smell both groups start charging at each other and Sun Wu detonates the ones who just died which results in a big explosion they are hunting with this method and is quite fast for ging experience this item they are using to track monsters is called rancid wolf meat it was a failed recipe of hano's mom and it smells a lot So s asks him to put it away hano's father set up a Sentry post with his new Korean Sentry

skill that provides a buff to the safety zone now sunu has no need to worry about the town's safety Tong arrives there with his biker gang they have an urgent news for S Wu they found a store in hang Nom but it was already destroyed by someone suu thinks that this is turning into a really serious problem they basically have to hunt or forward for their daily necessities and There is no way they can attempt things like farming anytime soon suu tells him to inform Spearman kyungu to assign guards on every single store they find

or this problem can soon threaten their safety suu asks Tong why his female friends are standing so far away Tong confirms him that he kicked his friend when she was possessed by the vampire lord now they think suu is a brute who beats women Tess leaves with his gang and suu gets ready to grind more levels Suddenly jisu yun's skill activates which informs her of incoming danger she tells everyone to get ready for action suddenly two werewolves rush out from the windows of buildings suu's minions try to hold them back suu is about to shoot

a werewolf but another werewolf appears behind him and he tells him not to shoot sunu becomes amazed after hearing a werewolf talk the werewolf starts attacking them even after he asked them to not shoot a werewolf takes Hold of hano's bag and all three of them start eating the ranci of wolf meat like crazies while werewolves are busy eating the meat they get surrounded by suu's minions sunu asks the werewolf to give him a good reason to not shoot this time two werewolves are scared and they ask their leader what they should do the werewolf

leader starts rushing at the location with weakest Orcs he starts killing them and he tells the other railroads to run away while he buys time For them suu shoots two arrows which successfully stop him but his two companions managed to get away Su informs the werewolf leader that he showed a stunning display of camarad De and he asks him why they attacked his party the werewolf leader informs them that they lost their minds after they smelled the meat h was carrying that's why they attacked them s inquires about how he came back to his senses

informs him that they were given a quest to hunt And devour 10 humans after completing the quest they came back to their senses sunu thinks that they must be the ones responsible for destroying the stores but the werewolf informs them that they are not responsible for it and they try to avoid humans as much as possible he further informs them that there is another group that is extremely hostile towards humans and they are responsible for destroying the stores in order to put players at a disadvantage he further Informs them that there are humans in that

group as well they are called The Mad scientists and they are basically the leaders of that group they are all collaborating together to create dangerous items some realizes that they must be the wandering salesman Sonu thanks him for being honest but he informs him that his friends are not going to come back to save him werewolf has no worries because when the class selection happened he was skeptical About the system so he didn't choose any card and he didn't allow his family to choose anything either but his son was into games so he chose a

card his son was the first human he devoured and he wanted to die the moment he regained his senses the Rolf wishes sunu and his party the best of luck for their future adventures and suu stabs him hanho is feeling bad for the well wolves but sunu tells him to get ready because they're going after the two werewolves who just Got away Sunwood needs to interrogate them so he can find more information about the were BEAST's territory suu is a bit hesitant but he knows where beasts are designed as monsters and they can get out

of control at any given moment so he can't show any Mercy to them suu's party has come quite far as they were searching for the werewolves they hide after hearing some voices coming from nearby it turns out both of the werewolves were captured by cabals one Of them suggests that they should make sausages out of these wolves but their team leader tells them not to eat them because they are presents for their Queen cabal starts stabbing the werewolves with Spears which are coated with some sort of paralyzing poison and they drag them to their Hideout

once they lose Consciousness suu and his friends are confused because cabals are low ranked monsters and they easily manage to capture two mid-tier Werewolves this dungeon has a store as well which means that the store must be still intact because it has not been cleared yet suu tells his party members that they need to secure this store for the survival of their whole Community they receive a notification which states that this is a large dungeon called The Venomous Spider Queen Chambers this is a killer dungeon as well because it has taken the lives of 124

players they will receive receive additional 50% rewards For clearing it Hano is afraid because they didn't bring any live goblins with them and this dungeon is designed to be favorable for Monsters further inside the dungeon they witness people who are tied with spider webs and they are calling for their help Jun uses her fir sword technique to cut down the webs and free the players one of the players is quite thankful but suddenly some spiders burst out of his mouth which results in his death Sunway explodes the dead Bodies of the players to stop spiders

but it alerts the kabol who seem to be working with the spiders and they start swarming them hanho kills one of them by throwing knife which activates his ability hanho is now ready to show these little critters what real pain and despair feels like hanho activates his berserk mode and he is easily bashing the spiders and cabals even the monsters become afraid and they think of hanho as a true demon hanho uses his punches to Smash the heads of the monsters one of the cabals instructs them to change their strategy and tie hanho with spider

webs they surround hanho with spider webs from all sides and they finally manag to tie him up but Hano easily bursts out of the webs Hano is quite pissed at them but a cabal orders the spiders to keep spraying hanho with webs and they finally manag to completely immobilize him Hano becomes scared and he calls for sun Wu's help sunu explodes All dead bodies and the Monsters get caught up in it s Wu GC Yun and Ry remind hanho that he got into this situation because he was too cocky while they are talking more monsters

swarm them s activ activates death response to summon zombies he then explodes them to get rid of the invading monsters after some time they cleared the whole subway station but their path to the next station is blocked Sun Wu just remembers that this Subway was connected to a mall Above and maybe the queen is present there after clearing the whole mall they reach the boss room they are about to enter it but notification pops up which informs that that it's a killer dungeon which has taken the lives of 124 players and they will receive a

small reward if they give up now hanho and Jun ask sunu to reconsider it because it looks like a tough boss is ahead but sunu informs them that the boss rate is going to be even more Tougher so they should face this queen now to get stronger when they enter the boss room a Kabul Shaman is present there who welcomes them and he is the boss of this dungeon Hano is surprised because this Kabal Shaman can perfectly mimic human language unlike other Kabal who only know a few human words Kabal Shaman informs them that he

ate 20 human brains which gave him spe ability suu now knows that the game is designed two ways and monsters can also become Stronger by killing humans Kabal Shaman tells them that he will soon have 23 human brains the ground starts shaking and another boss monster called giant Venomous Spider Queen makes her appearance both monsters unite their forces and merge into one Sun Wu uses death response for his usual explosion skill Spider Queen uses her steel webs to capture the zombies and Sun minions instead of finishing them she throws them away from her Kabul Shaman

already Knew about suu's explosion skill because he was observing them through his Scouts sunu is worried because this cabal knows human speech plus he has become intelligent like a human Hano throws his daggers at the cabal but they get blocked by Spider Queen Kabal informs them that after emerging he has become the brain while Spider Queen is the body so now she will protect him at all costs Spider Queen attacks them with more webs but Jun uses her ignition sword which Easily manages to burst the webs Jun attacks The Spider and one of her legs

catches fire kabo Shaman uses his Aqua skill to spray water on the spider's leg he then starts holding back GC Yun with his Aqua skill suu instructs his minions to stand together and block the boss monster he further instructs HHO to stay with jiu Yun Sonu seems to have cooked up a plan for the boss the boss is smashing the minions one by one and he's eager to eat the human brains sunu Resurrects all of the Dead monsters which were captured above by the queen before s with tells him that his dinner time is over

because this boss Nest filled with dead bodies is a perfect combination for his Necromancer class the newly reincarnated minions start rushing towards the boss Spider Queen easily slashes some of them in half with her leg attack one of the minions manages to slash one of her legs the queen becomes more agitated and she Throws poison at the minions but the minions are not affected by the poison because they are just made up of Bones kabo chaman also realizes it and he instructs the queen to not use poison on the Corpses Queen someh manages to bash

the first wave of skeleton minions but someone reincarnates more dead monsters most of the dead bodies in the boss room belong to we beasts because Spider Queen is a picker eater and she prefers stronger Monsters the kabol shaman Becomes agitated by The Continuous waves of we Beast minions so they jump up to go directly for sun Wu Spider Queen lunges at Sun Wu with all of her might but he manages to block her attack with his bone Shield Spider Queen keeps destroying his bone Shields and Sun Wu keeps making them again and again again one

of her attack manages to hit s Wu but he's holding her back as much as he can Kabal becomes really pissed at the minions who keep attacking him from Behind the queen grabs all the corpses and the Kabal Shaman burns them using his Fireball skill suu realizes that this cabal is getting more smarter as the fight goes on suu's minions Dash toward the cabal shaman but he blocks them using an Air Boom skill which creates a force field around him kabol Shaman becomes more cocky because suu has a limited number of minions remaining and he

can't summon more Shaman lets his guard down and GC Yun Jumps from behind him and she tries to strike the shaman but her attack gets blocked by spider Queen's legs hanu appears along with zombies and it turns out both jizu and hanu were planning something behind the scenes kab Shaman makes fun of hanho for being weak and pathetic but Spider Queen seems to be hesitating for some reason hanho pulls out a rancid meat dish it turns out hanu Was preparing ranted meat all this time both Spider Queen and kabo Shaman can't Resist its smell all

zombies have been loaded with rancid meat so the queen grabs them and they start chomping on them suu says his final goodbye to the copy Kul Shaman as he detonates the zombies which results in a huge explosion on the other side prosecutor is facing a bat boss monster and he manages to cut it into two with his sword SL attack his troops starts celebrating their Victory it turns out prosecutor can receive 10% experience Points from his Crusaders too but he's still worried about how gang sokhan became the first ranked player player prosecutor has the best

Guild in Korea under his command but he still cannot catch up to the mysterious guy on first place and he can be a threat to him in the future the scouter of his party informs him that the Korean rankings have changed it turns out tungu reached level 14 before him and he is now on second place prosecutor bursts out with Anger after watching it as he is obsessed with staying on the top rankings after the explosion Goblin Shaman is still hanging on to his dear life but hanho throws a knife which gets stabbed in his

head and they received 300,000 gold for defeating the kabod shaman boss plus 50% extra awards for clearing the killer dungeon hanho is glad because he finally pulled his weight but the Spider Queen is still alive and she tries to go for hanho Righty stabs her in the eye and she dies on the spot suu levels up to 14 for defeating the boss and ry's rank increases because he defeated a powerful boss monster his fighting Power and his commanding abilities increased as well draws another card as a gift for leveling up and now his total number

of Minions have increased by two he is now ready for the boss raid plus his first Awakening is not far away either after some time they managed to find the C Rank store in the dungeon this store works like a slot machine and there are gold platinum and Diamond options in it they need to spend the slot machine and they will receive a reward if three same things match on the screen Hano is quite pissed because he knows this is a gambling machine and he has the most bad luck out of all of them jiu

and hanho both have 300,000 gold coins while suu has 1,600,000 gold coins so they can try Again and again until they get something good this time hanho tells them that he's going to use the machines first because the first person has the most luck but some tells them that there are three machines and they can all try together all of them keep trying but none of them succeeds a machine message pops up which informs them that they will receive a guaranteed low ranking item even if they fail fifth time in a row and hanho is

pissed about it suu and Jisu Yun keep trying like they are addicted to the gambling system while hanho finally manages to hit a jackpot he received a legendary magic scroll which allows the player to use a random skill and there is a 50% chance of failing for this item finally gun had enough and she gives up while suu is completely addicted to it someu gets the first place item after a few tries and even he can't believe it he got a legendary item called Shadow king's ring It increases its users agility by three and health

by two it also summons a shadow clone which deals 50% damage sunu got a new special Quest called Shadow King's air he needs to gather all of Shadow King's relics and he will get a shadow king's crown for completing this Mission J Yun didn't get anything so suu gave her the wind Spirits bracelet suu returns to the town to inform others about the newly discovered system shops suu and his part part spends the next Few days to make the system of the Town more self-sufficient sunu and his companions are now ready to leave for the

raid hanho informs s Wu about a new development in the app it turns out there's a new broadcasting station feature and one of the broadcast is live right now J Yun thinks it's a test stream because they can only see an office suu knows that this can be a good way to manipulate public opinion prosecutor is not a bad person but he is Too ambitious and he will use this feature to Rally more men under his Guild s Wu has become more popular after advancing to level 14 before him which has thrown a wrench in

the prosecutor's plan and he will try to keep suu in check suu has oath parchment he got from the hidden stage and he knows it is going to come in handy pretty soon helicopter arrives to pick them up minam S introduces himself as the lieutenant of the Crusader team while they are on Their way suu asks him if it is okay to fly like this with all the wyverns around minam song tells him that that nothing is impossible for The Liberation Guild and the pilot gives them a thumbs up they have Guild members all over

Soul who are tracking the location and root of each wyvern in real time suu Wonders that having a bigger Guild has many advantages like this suddenly a notification pops up which tells them that the raid group has been assigned a Quest it's a competition type Quest and they need to slay the raid boss on their own they will be given a special item as a reward there are a few groups participating in this raid so it can turn into a friendly competition which can produce better results the final raid boss Lizard Man warlord will receive

the gladiator's blessing which can reduce the damage from most concentrated attacks by 90% this buff will be deactivated during A oneon-one combat plus the person who will defeat the boss alone will receive a special title minam's song becomes a bit taken aback after reading it because it was not part of their plan but he is sure his sister or prosecutor can't take care of it which makes think that they are both Cut From the Same Cloth suu was not expecting this because raid boss monsters are supposed to be defeated with combined efforts raid bosses are

quite formidable foes he is sure that Someone is watching them they put in a lot of work to get ready for this raid but at the last minute someone made it much harder suu is now out of other options and he will have to compete against the leaders of other groups in the player guide book section prosecutor uploaded a message in which he St stated that 12 different groups and a thousand players will be taking part in yoido Island raid this whole process will be broadcasted live after yoido Island raid Liberation Guild plans to hunt

down monsters throughout Korea and ultimately across the whole world the human players become happy to know about this announcement but there are also some people in the mix who think s Wu should be leading this Expedition instead of prosecutor because he has a higher rank than the prosecutor finally suu and his party members arrive at their destination prosecutor welcomes him in person and suu commends him by saying That the whole area is well organized and they must have prepared well for the raid suu notices a camera and he has a feeling that prosecutor wants to

use the raid as an excuse to boost his Public Image through the live broadcast a players comes forward and he starts defaming Su Wu for only coming with two people while he came here with 31 of his elite players suu thinks that prosecutor and this purple-haired Harry water must have planned this in advance so they can Defame him prosecutor introduces him as gang Yun Lee and he is the leader of a group of survivors in deak R gang Yun Lee is a firet type Sorcerer And he's mentioned pretty often in the app forums some reminds

him to not be cocky and his teammates can easily beat his whole group plus they are here for a boss raid not a war Kang Yun Lee becomes pissed but prosecutor tells him not to underestimate s's class because he is never alone and he he can summon his Minions at any time prosecutor tells them to head inside because it is almost time for the meeting inside the meeting room leaders of different groups are gathered Minas song introduces herself as the deputy Lieutenant of the Crusaders team she informs them that the raid's level of difficulty has

increased with this new Quest and the awards have also increased accordingly they don't know what type of items They will receive but they are thinking about Converting the value of items into gold and dividing it equally among the 12 of them all the leaders agree without any second thoughts but some realizes that it was all pre-planned and they are working together with prosecutor from the start all 10 of these leaders Belong To The Liberation Guild in some way and their rewards will also go toward the Liberation Guild and suu will only receive one 12th of

the share Minas s asks if anyone has other suggestions s Raises his hand and he objects her proposal s further elaborates that this Quest stimulates the players to fight the boss one onone so the player who risks his life to defeat the boss must get better rewards Minas song informs him that he was the one who proposed the idea of equal distribution in the first place he reminds her that he wanted a fair reward not an equal one most of these players are lowlevel and they can't even go Oneon-one against the boss one of the

leaders becomes pissed and he asks Su Wu for a one on one duel he is anaku a self- styled Iron Fist he is 11th in the rank and he's famous for fighting big monsters hand to hand suu tells him to just sit down because if he gets serious it will not end well for anok anok bursts with anger but prosecutor slams his hand on the table and he tells suu that he agrees with his plan during night time some lizard men try to attack A player but anuku bashes all of them with his fists more

monsters approach him but he is not faltered they start rushing toward him but someone throws Fireballs at them which leads to a big explosion and all the monsters perish with it gangan Lee comes from behind and he tells them to be careful because these lizard men are not their average monsters but anaku is confident enough to beat them up and finish the boss raid Kangun Lee informs him that they also need to stop the Fallen ones because they are the ones who will plant the seed of the world tree here that is why they need

to secure yoido Island so they can prevent that bad ending anaku is sure that prosecutor can take care of those Fallen ones along with the B they spot a helicopter heading toward the Yoo Park and they think they are covering prosecutor through that helicopter but gangan Lee informs him That Necromancer is heading toward the boss room which is in Yoo Park mongu yangang who is a level 11 armored Archer is following Sun Wu in this raid he is a certified boot licker and he is even proud about it he thinks suu is going to lose

in this raid because the other 11 teams support the prosecutor all mongu had to do was to wait for an opportunity and trip up S Wu but all of his plans failed after he watched s Wu and his teammates in action J Yun is blasting Off enemies with their ignition sword while hanho of the North Star is pummeling enemies with his indestructible defense most of all suu achieved a new Synergy after he equipped 30 plus minions with armor this Synergy creates a protective armor around his minions mongu remembers that the Crusaders have a similar Synergy

which he just created by himself suu asks mongu and his fellows if they also want armor but mongu rejects him suu equips Them with armor even after they rejected his offer they feel more relaxed and lighter after running the armor and suu's Synergy effect doubles because he has more than 40 units with his armor mangu is pissed at s Wu because he is using them to boost his Synergy level mangu switches back to his boot licking he informs s Wu that the place in front of them is Yoo station and just past that is a

park where the boss room is suu is concerned because the water level Is rising as they are getting closer to their destination meu tells him that many lizard men will be lying in Ambush inside the water so they should cooperate with other teams suu ignores him and he tells hanho and jiu to stand back his Werebear minions throw the lizards further into the water and sunu detonates them sunu starts receiving a lot of gold for killing the lizard men which were hidden under the water and The Archers become amazed after Witnessing it after some time

the smoke subsides and some tells them that that their path is now clear a helicopter arrives and the cameraman starts filming Sun Wu's exploits he is quite pumped about it because it will give the survivors more hope and inspiration even the viewers are quite positive and they are cheering for sun Wu his assistant informs him that they are receiving a call from the Crusaders team Minas song starts shouting at him and she tells him To get back or he will have to bear the consequences sunu and his friends think that the reporter helicopter is moving

the other way because other teams must be rampaging through the monsters after some time they arrive at the boss room jiu Yun thinks that this looks more like a jungle their surroundings start rumbling and it feels like an earthquake is happening a strong ray of light moves up from the Northern woods they receive a notification that raid boss Lizardman Warlord has appeared and damage from Mostly concentrated attacks is reduced by 90% Lizard Man warlord is looking for a worthy Warrior and the person who can beat him in a in one fight will receive a special

title soon they see a lot of helicopters moving toward the boss someu thinks that the prosecutor was lying and wait for them to find the boss and he is now here to reap the rewards prosecutor is more competitive than he thought and He is going to directly for the boss without defeating the surrounding monsters hanho asks s Wu about their future plan and S Wu tells him that they have no other choice but to fight their way through these monsters suu's minions are clearing the way for them but suddenly a green light starts shin shining

from his clothes it's the C rank card some we received from the hidden dungeon it provides a significant experience boost when consumed and it Gives off a green light when the player has enough experience to level up with this card suu can finally level up to 15 and he can unlock his first stage Awakening after finding the Grim Reaper Scythe suu is quite happy and he uses the experience card but Hano and Jun run toward him and they look worried after seeing a bright flash of light he wakes up in a realm just like prophecy

Stone and he can see a bright light after some time he can see a person inside the Bright light a system notification informs him that he is the one who holds the Reigns of death and he needs to find the Grim Reaper Scythe an objective based exclusive Quest pops up called who is the master of Death part two after seizing control of Grim Reaper's scythe he will receive first stage Awakening because suu has witnessed a glimpse of future he has an advantage but he will still lose and become a minion of the Lich King if

he cannot become stronger The system message further points out that the Grim Reaper Scythe can be found in death and the choices he makes during this Quest will affect his Destiny suu notices that the being made of light wants to convey a message but some who cannot understand its words this being is of Unknown Origin but he has giving him a feeling of calmness and he seems familiar a new system message pops up and informs him that he will be a direct witness to death the the bright light Disappears as suu tries to get a

hold of it and he wakes up in the real world with hanho and jiu Yun hanho tells him that he just disappeared for about 10 seconds this confirms that it was not a vision but someu was physically transported somewhere and he really received a Quest from the mysterious being suu is soon going to witness a death but he is hoping to not witness the death of one of his friends for this Quest soon they hear a big explosion in The direction of the boss monster suu informs his teammates that they are going after the boss

suu tells yongsu to retreat and regroup with the rest of his friends with that said suu and his teammates start rushing toward the boss it turns out the helicopter of Crusaders crashed after getting hit by a spear prosecutor comes out of his helicopter and he tells his teammates to get back into formation prosecutor used Blind Faith Zone skill while they were Crashing which saved their lives only the pilot died in the process they get ready as more lizard men start heading toward them the other helicopter is still stream streaming their fight there are about 177,000

people watching them Crusaders are easily marching through the Lizardman groups prosecutor uses his cross spear skill to get rid of hordes of lizard men in one attack he tells his companions to brace themselves for the second wave of monsters attack finally The boss monster Lizardman warlord makes his appearance prosecutor orders his crossbow men to fire at the boss most of the arrows get deflected after hitting the boss and he receives no damage because more than than one person is attacking him boss performs a slash attack and two Crusaders get cut in half third Crusader calls

for help as he is about to be cut in half but someone throws an attack at him which he manages to easily Dodge prosecutor comes forward And he tells the Crusaders to get back and take care of the ler Lizardman prosecutor challenges the boss to a one-on-one duel Lizard Man warlord plunges at the prosecutor and he blocks his attack with his sword prosecutor thinks that they are evenly matched in terms of strength but the warlord has a massive weapon which gives him an advantage prosecutor has more speed and reflexes which can't give him an upper

hand the boss plunges at the prosecutor But he is sure he can win against this boss in a one-on-one battle they both keep exchanging blows left and right while the helicopter crew is still recording their fight gang Yun Lee and Anu arrive there as well prosecutor sees some skeletons in the distance so he thinks maybe sunu has arrived there prosecutor hits the boss with a cross beear skill boss gets pushed back but prosecutor realizes that something is wrong the boss is giving off an evil Smile while he is losing badly prosecutor becomes more angry and

he's determined to wipe the floor with this Lizardman warlord's head Lizardman warlord performs a fire breath attack but prosecutor blocks it with his force field skill his Crusaders try to give him back up but he orders them to stand back prosecutor thinks it's becoming more dangerous because because this boss is just playing around with him boss monster starts shedding its skin and the True boss monster wandering Drake appears out of it a new notification pops up which informs them that phase two of the boss monster is beginning the boss monster is more powerful than what

they initially thought and he was hiding his true identity all this time wandering Drake attacks the prosecutor and he can feel like his bone shattering just by blocking that single attack wanding Drake attacks the prosecutor with his sword which is attached to its Tail prosecutor gets directly hit by it and he receives massive amount of damage the spectators become shocked after witnessing It minua song starts crying as she knows prosecutor is going to die and the raid will be a flop as well wandering Drake comes near the prosecutor as he's about to eat him elard

man corpse comes flying toward him and it blows up right in front of him suu's minions jump from above and they smash his head with their bone weapons Were Bears take a hold of his body and they start smashing him with their fists wandering Drake gives off a huge Roar as he gets up but suu stabs him in the head with the masterless sword the people from his town are watching the stream as well and they start cheering for him Minas song do not care anymore about the rewards anymore as she wants this monster dead

so they can save the prosecutor wandering Drake's Head Starts BL bleeding with suu's stab attack sunu Jumps off from his head leaving the master the sword stuck in its head suu equips his rare tiger with a bone Hammer kangun Lee and anuku become happy as they predict suu is going to use that hammer to nail down the sword in Drake's head a player informs Minas song that a massive number of monsters is approaching them from set Gang minha Song remembers that the one-on-one fight rule is only for players while the boss can take Advantage from

his minions she Orders all of their Guild members to protect s Wu at any cost we tiger hammers down the head of the boss and it falls to the ground The Spectators start thinking that the boss is finally dead but someu realizes that it is still moving some wines start coming out of the boss which indicates that it is a morphing to its third phase finally the boss completes its final form and a new system message pops up it informs then that this is the hidden r boss monster Called young host of the seed even

though suu has completed the main boss raid but no one can enter or leave Yu Island until this monster is defeated Sonu is quite pissed because the system keeps on changing things like it's playing with them more swarms of Lizard Man start approaching them these lizard men have gone berserk and they are charging at them like crazy but suu is not worried about them because he thinks hanho and Jun can take care of them his Main problem lies with this new host of the seed the boss uses a powerful fire attack but s somehow blocks

it but the Crusaders and the lizard man behind him get burned to a crisp suu uses corpse explosion on him but it has no effect on the boss werebears are trying to block the fire breath attack but they're slowly dying out suu revives the dead lizard men which start attacking the boss and suu tells his party members that they need to retreat and spread out For now because the lizard men attack people in groups on his way he tells the others to run away and spread out as well because the raid just failed on his

way hanho notices the unconscious prosecutor he tries to help the prosecutor but the boss appears right behind him boss is about to gulp them both in one bite but righty slashes the boss with his sword the boss tries to attack righty but he manages to Parry the boss's attack righty attacks its Head again which deals a little bit of damage to the boss suo appears out of the shadows and he Jabs a spear in the eye of the boss when the boss gets mad he uses his tail attack which causes one of suu's arms to

be chopped off it was a shadow clone of sun Wu in the first place and it dissipates Into Thin Air suu appears behind hanho and he tells him to run away from the boss someu made that clone with his shadow king's ring but it can only deal 50% damage the boss Becomes enraged and it starts chasing hanho and S Wu suu is worried because maybe they provoke the boss too to much jisu Yun does a powerful surprise attack on the Boss s is now more concerned as he instructed them to run away before but jisu

Yun tells him that they will face the boss monster together suu and hanho think that maybe she is right and they can defeat it together Soo activates death response and the zombies start appearing out of the ground the Boss lashes the zombies with ease and Soo detonates the bodies more minions start attacking the boss but deep down sunu knows that this boss is a tough nut to crack suu can't blow it from inside because the boss is not eating any of his minions suu is resurrecting the lizard man which hanho and Jun are slaying but

they are getting destroyed way more faster the boss prepares for another fire breath attack but this time hanho and gun are right behind Sun Wu The boss uses his fire breath attack and suu tries to block it with his bone Shield sunu makes it through the fire breath attack but he lost most of his minions boss rushes toward him for another attack but some is feeling tied right now boss goes for another tail swing attack and this time Hano blocks his attack but the attack was too strong and it destroys his holy force field boss

goes for another attack but righty tries to block it and his sword breaks Down so he grabs the sword of the boss righty slices off the boss's tail with his new weapon the boss tries to retaliate and righty pushes hanho back righty gives them his last farewell and the boss smashes righty to pieces hanho becomes enraged and he starts rushing toward the boss we tiger grabs both hanho and jiu Yun Sun Pats hanho and tells him to survive at any cost the rare tiger starts running away from the battlefield s will recorded enough just To

move after ry's last attack he is quite sad about ry's sacrifice suu summons a bone shield and a bone sword because he needs to hold back the boss for as much time as possible both the boss and tangu start going head-to-head in a one-on-one battle Minas s and her crew also become afraid because sunu was the last Ray of Hope For Humanity boss smashes the legs of sun wo with his tail attack he starts preparing for another fire breath attack someu tries his best But now he thinks he is going to get burnt to death

just like his parents but he is satisfied because his attempt was not a complete failure and he managed to save his friends the boss performs the fire breath attack and so gets caught up in it Hano and jisu Yun are sad as they are carried away by suu's minions along with the prosecutor suu again appears inside this mysterious space he thinks he has been quite lucky until now but his luck just ran out suu is still Worried about his friend's safety the Grim Reaper appears in front of him suu asks him if he is here

to take him to heaven or the hell he further tells him that he is tired and he wants to end it as soon as possible Grim Reaper makes fun of him by saying that he got tired even though he has not even reached 30 Years yet the Grim Reaper Reveals His face and it turns out to be suu's father suu asks him if he's his real father or the system is playing with him his Father tells him that it is not important whether he's real or not so agrees with him because he's dead either way

someu asks his father if he resents him because he ran away when the house was burning he tells his father that he ran away because he was scared at that time and he's even scared right now after his parents death someone who struggled a lot to survive he tried to help as many people as he could as he matured but he failed in the end and now He is meeting his father like this his father starts laughing and tells him that he was worried about a useless thing all this time his father starts making fun

of him and some thinks that he is his real father his father tells him that he didn't run away as a child and he asks him to remember the day their house was burned suddenly a fire started in their home and they were both together at that time suu's mom was still stuck inside the room so his Father asked him to go out and never come back inside suu was wrong and he thought that he abandoned his parents that night who were calling for his help but that was not the case and they can never

put their beloved Son in any kind of danger he tells s Wu that he has still not failed and he can return back to his world after going through a light suu tells him that he is glad to meet him after such a long time his father stops him because he almost forgot Something really important he received a scythe from his father it is a reward for completing who is the master of death Quest he also got first Awakening and a personal skill his Fate has been slightly changed as well in the real world the

boss is still going on a rampage jisu Yun and hanho still can't believe that suu is dead prosecutor wakes up from his Slumber and he is quite sad because all of this happened due to his recklessness he turned away From the strongest player in this raid and he planned everything without him prosecutor needs to make this right or the whole world will be destroyed by the world tree minam song comes up to him but the prosecutor thinks that he was saved by hanho because minam song abandoned him in the first place they start retreating from

the battlefield and prosecutor promises the Dead s Wu that he will protect Hano and Jun from now on as they are retreating the whole Sky starts becoming darker and they get a message that weaken Spirit has been activated within their area minua song is spectating the boss from the air and they see a green light inside the black fog it turns out the green light is emitting from s Wu and he's showing Lich like features minua and her crew mates think that sunu has been turned into a ledge monster after dying sunu receives a notification

that he has been revived with a unique characteristics of a Necromancer and he is on standby for just 31 days after unlock blocking the first Awakening sunu can summon the Grim Reaper and he can raise monsters with large builds into his horde he received a Secret store coupon as well for being the ninth player to reach the first Awakening he can summon the Grim Reaper once per day for an hour and turn into a lich his exclusive skill Grim Reaper realm allows him to increase his minions by 50 and all of his stats will increase

By 10 he can also resurrect and regenerate the undeads as many many times as he wants suu is now ready to face the Drake boss head on he tells the Drake that there is going to be no playing around anymore sunu tells the Drake to get ready for his second phase as he resurrects all the dead skeleton minions along with righty both Hano and J Yun starts rushing towards the boss because they just witnessed weaken Spirit which is one of sunu skills Jen Is quite happy after watching suu and hanho starts crying but after watching

suu's face they think he has been turned into a monster Jun tells hanho that he is not a monster and he just received his Grim Reaper Scythe after his first Awakening wandering Drake plunges toward his minions and he destroys most of suu's minions in one attack but all of them get resurrected again due to his new skill Minas song and her crew become quite pumped after watching some minions Getting resurrected again and again wandering Drake there's another massive fire breath attack and someu blocks with a big Shield this time the fire is about to reach

the prosecutor and sunu companions but righty disperses the fire Into Thin Air with his Spin Attack hanho becomes overjoyed and he hugs righty suu asks the Drake to attack him again but it seems like he's already out of stamina suu is still in perfect condition because he has infinite level Of Mana suu resurrects more minions and they start rushing toward the boss all of them start mashing and overwhelming the boss with their numbers suu uses his weapon create skill to create bone chains to bind down the drink he instructs his minions to peel off the

skin of the boss after some time they managed to peel off the outer skin of the boss the boss is looking almost exhausted and sunu tells righty that it is time to finish off the Drake righty Finishes the wandering Drake with a powerful slash attack and this time the Drake dies for real the masterless sword has now 4,335 days until can hatch the egg so has earned 1,155 56 gold for successfully defeating the raid boss of Lizardman swamp region he also received an exclusive title called amateur Dragon Hunter which increased his stamina by two and

his fire resistance by 30% back in town everyone is celebrating suu's amazing Victory suu is about to try something crazy he tries to resurrect the wandering Drake and it becomes one of his minions in his first try the prosecutor and his men know well that the power gap between them has just shooted up by a lot one of suu's minions finds Drake leather which is a heroic item meanwhile righty got a legendary rank material called Dragon heart and this Dragon heart is a material which Should be used precisely finally he got the seed of the

world tree which is a Godly rank item with unknown effects seed of the world tree is a powerful item which is connected to the ending they saw in the prophecy Stone it can also be targeted by the mysterious Fallen ones the photographer comes up to him and asks him to say a few words of encouragement to others suu tells him to not trust a group which promises to protect them up until now all groups Which welcom the survivors ended up being useless sunu thinks that the system must have a big part in it too he

advises all of the viewers to get stronger on their own or they will not survive in this New World suddenly the ground start shaking and they see a big explosion in the direction of Yong dong post station Minong informs the prosecutor that someone is attacking their base prosecutor informs everyone to retreat to yongo station suu notices That the black smoke coming out of the explosion looks like breath of the abyss and he thinks it's done by the wandering Peddlers because they were the ones going around selling it as a product prosecutor gets down on his

knees and he begs suu to help them because the station is filled with non-combatants and he can't do much in his current state Sonu tells him that there are many things he can complain about but it is not the right time so he will help them The helicopters start landing on the outskirts because they can't fly through the smoke one of the survivors informs Minas song that they were attacked by the beastmen the Survivor also saw them communicating with each other like their Consciousness has returned now someone knows for sure that it is done by

the group which consists of the beastmen and the Mad scientists someu tells them that he's going to deal with the mess inside if what the werewolf told them before Dying is true then this anti-human group is going to be a big threat to the humans in the future suu thinks that they are quite crafty because they attack the Yong du po station when the main forces of Liberation Guild were away on the raid suu summons the Drake out of the Abyss so he can make his debut the whole station is covered with smoke from breath

of the Abyss two beastmen are talking about how easily they pulled it off because their main Forces were away on a raid the werewolf mocks the humans for ignoring the threat of beastmen with intelligence the hog beastman asks the other about how much time the ceremony is going to take werewolf tells him that only those were beasts who got lucky and ate the brains of Mages know about it the hog is sad because he ate archers brains and he has Hooves which he cannot use for most of his skills werewolf tells him that he is

still lucky than those scientists Bastard who ask their corpses when they die to make them into some sort of medicinal drugs while they are talking they see some glowing eyes Through the Windows bone Drake finish them both off in just a single attack suu comes inside the building and he returns the Drake to the abyss both beastmen were talking about a ritual so that means they are gathering people somewhere inside the station without killing them someu thinks killing off the beastmen quietly With his shadow King's cloak will be much smoother somewhere is the building a

bull beastman is gathering the players in the place they have gathered about 200 human players but they have been ordered by the higher-ups to bring in as many human players as possible and they think more humans are hiding on other floors the bull heard his higher ups mentioning something about extracting the experience points out of all these players soon they hear two red warnings About weaken spirit and call of death being activated in their area someu minions start popping out of the abyss and killing the beastmen where tiger attacks the bull but he blocks it

with ease bull pushes the we tiger back with a slam attack bull charges at the horde of skeletons pummeling them on his way bull knows that these skeletons Belong To The Necromancer and he calls them out a spear pierces the bull from the Shadows suu pierces him from behind with His nameless sword suu receives 30,000 gold for hunting a second rank were bull this is the first time suu is seeing an evolved beastman and this also proves that beastmen can also evolve like humans suu resurrects him and now he has a were bull under his

command sunu orders his minions to move all the unconscious humans out of this gas or they will die suu is moving out of the station with his minions but the ground start shaking he gets a warning message That a massive summoning magic has been activated within the area suu has no idea what they are up to but he knows he needs to stop them as soon as possible so he starts heading toward the location of the circle some reaches the location and the were beasts become alerted after watching him one of the sources of the

breath of Abyss is there but someone knows there must be other sources too because this one alone is not enough to engulf the whole area one of the Werewolves recognizes s Wu and he tells others that they will receive a massive award if they can gift his dead body to the researchers a day has already passed so suu summons the Grim Reaper Scythe for one hour and all of his STS become boosted after summoning it sunu gets an hour per day but 5 minutes are enough to wipe out p like these were beasts suu's minions

start popping out of the abyss and they start balloting it out no matter how many minions they destroy They get resurrected one of The Magicians activates the summoning Circle one of the suu's minions bites the werewolf magician and he throws him off the roof the building starts crumbling due to the summoning so suu jumps off from the building suu asks for information about the thing he just summoned werewolf starts laughing and he tells him that he will find out soon enough the whole building starts shattering and they get a notification That the raid boss will

soon appear in this region the prosecutor received a lot of damage during his last fight and even a high rank healing potion is not enough to completely heal his wounds he is pissed at himself for being too much overconfident and cocky soon Hano and GC spot s minions returning with the rescued survivors the Crusaders become Overjoyed with happiness the breath of the Abyss start disappearing from their area and they get a warning message that A massive summoning match has been activated in their area a new raid boss ogre Champion appears right above the building the

r tells suu that he can't do anything against this boss because he exhausted all of his strength on the previous raid boss and they were watching all of it through the live stream someu gives an evil smile and tells him that he should have watched the live stream till the end before making this summoning Circle suu has now One hell of a monster of his own to fight this boss monster head on wandering Drake lands a direct punch on the face of the ogre Champion some who party members and the Crusaders become happy after witnessing

it the prosecutor has made up his mind that he will become stronger on his own without relying on the Crusaders team just like sun Wu ogre Champion is quite hurt after the punch attack he just received and he gives out a loud roar two more of sun Wu's minions Appear from behind the Drake and they throw Spears at the ogre Champion ogre Champion kills them both with a single clap attack and both of them cease to exist someu realized that cease to exist must mean that they cannot be resurrected and this boss has some of

his own unique characteristics s Drake cannot use breath a fire attack or he would have made the ogre Champion into a toasted chicken by now but Sonu can still control its movements which is a Plus point for him Drake gets a hold of the ogre's hair and he kicks the ogre Champion with all of his might the ogre Champion gets a hold of the Drake's shoulders but righty pops up one of his eyes with a stab attack the ogre crashes into the land and wandering Drake gets a hold of his body while suu's minions close

in on him they keep attacking him until he finally gets defeated suu has leveled up to 16 and he earns 75,000 gold for hunting The Raid boss Monster ogre Champion so chooses an upgrade skill card for his call of death skill which increases its rank he can now summon 15 masterless zombies with 100 Mana from the abyss and they will remain for 20 minutes and the scale cool down has decreased to 30 minutes suu is quite satisfied and the best reward he received from this Hunt is his new ogre Champion minion he just revived his

ogre Champion already has a heroic rank bracelet called Thunder God blessing Equipped this bracelet consumes all Mana to produce a great power but if it is equipped by someone without Mana then it can be used once every 24 hours without any cost his ogre Champion has no Mana so he lets him keep equipping it both of his boss minions are acting as friends the werewolf is shocked after watching all of this development some who stabs him with the scythe and tells him that joking time is over the werewolf is about to tell him everything but

Something activates inside him and he dies after cuffing blood from all holes of his body the prosecutor tells them that their leaders must have planted something in them so they cannot leak any information so still has another way of extracting information and he revives the well wolf after Reviving The were wolf he receives a memory fragment he gets a flashback from the memory of the werewolf the werewolf along with other beastmen were on shorum station and they Were heading toward yongo station the RO wolf was watching the live stream of the boss raid but other

beastmen told him to turn it off because they are almost at their destination sunu now knows that they didn't watch the whole stream or they would not have underestimated him one of them tells them that attacking The Liberation Guild was just a matter of time and now they have the best opportunity for it but another werewolf thinks it's all a hoax and it is Something related to the lab they build in yu Island suu thinks that they must be related to the bad ending of yoido Island in some way one of them is about to

say something important about the scientists but a were Beast shouts at them to shut their mouths suu comes back from the flashback and he now knows that part of the reason why they attacked Yong Doo station was so they can control Yoo Island he also found out about their trial in shindu station and he just need To find out about their true objective shorum is the Central Station where line one and two cross from that is one of the reasons why countless people used to pass through that place a mad scientist is experimenting on both

human and monsters in a laboratory the psycho scientist is quite happy because he just got a lot of research material one of his SAR Beast assistant tells him that they need more freezers because the smell of rotten corpses is becoming Unbearable but scientists tells them to just get used to it the r Mouse tells him that the rare beasts have a strong sense of smell which makes them harder to work here plus this beastman wanted to be turned back into human and he hates rants in the first place the scientist tells him that their main

branch already started experimenting on it and he should have volunteered for them but the mouse is afraid to be experimented on the scientist gives off A grim smile and tells him that mouses are the first ones to be used in any type of experiment the mouses are treated very badly among the beastmen and the scientist tells him that they have a very short lifp F and he will have a hard time getting the developed drug a dogwar beast rushes inside and informs them that a dragon appeared outside and it is destroying the buildings it's an

emergency situation so they start moving out a lot of drug wear Beasts start heading out and they have a Synergy which gives them a stat boost if there are more than 10 drug beasts in a single group The Scientist is the one who is duping them and one dog tells him that their y parade failed the wandering Drake appears just outside their window suu's party rushes inside along with the wandering Drake the scientists know it's the boss monster from yoid do Island raid and he tells others to retreat immediately he tells the dog to hold

Them while they go back to the lab to pack important stuff they get back to the lab and start packing but the mouse smells something similar suu appears behind both of them suu informs them that the ogre Champion boss they gave him was quite good so he is here to properly compensate them suu summons the ogre Champion right there along with righty suu tells him that they evil business of doing experiments on humans is about to go bankrupt but the Scientists get angry and he tells them that they are only doing this to further Advance

human science suu has enough of this crap so he shoots down one of his leg the mouse comes to help him out but the scientist stabs him with an experimental injection the mouse starts becoming more bigger after getting the injection suu summons a clone with his shadow king ring and they both start shooting him down with their crossbows the mouse slashes suu's clone with his Attack and suu gets away ogre Champion is crushes the we Mouse with a stop attack and S gets 13,000 gold for hunting an evolved were rat s cuts off one of

the arms of the scientist his mouth starts foaming and he tells them that he already injected himself with poison the scientist dies after cuffing blood but someu can read some of his memory fragments after Reviving him Sonu tries to revive him but he gets a notification that he cannot resurrect a Living being which means the scientist was pretending to be dead some gets pissed and he crushes the eggs of the scientist the scientist miraculously comes back to life after getting his dear balls crushed and he is in extreme pain scientists starts telling Sonu that he

will work for him if he lets him live but suu has enough of this drama so he stabs him suu then brings him back to life and he can check a memory fragment of the scientist in the flashback a Mysterious figure tells the scientist that he will be in charge of a single Department this man is the leader of the traveling Peddlers and he tells the scientist to put his efforts into creating the AAS the scientist becomes happy because he already has a lot of experience in creating items related to the poisonous gas the mysterious

man tells him to spread the gas over yongo and leave the rest to the Mages who will teleport three raid bosses they just Captured suu is a bit shocked to know that they managed to capture three raid bosses the scientist tells him that these we beasts smell a lot and he's not sure if they should trust them the mysterious man tells him to watch his mouth because they cannot proceed with their plan without them further more there are four beasts who are stronger than the top three ranked players and they are going to need their

help for their future plans Sonu is a bit Confused about how this man is so sure that these four beastmen are stronger than the human players someu thinks that the beastmen came into existence much later than the human players and there is no way they can become stronger than the ranked players in such a short span of time but the beastmen are different they receive their own quests and they have these scientists helping them which can explain their fast growth rate someu perfectly knows that special Quest can Help someone get stronger much faster the mysterious

man tells him that their ultimate goal is not to chase away the players and the scientist should use the humans in moderation the scientist burst out in happiness as he tells the mysterious man that the only reason he is going through all this is because he believes he can become a new species Transcendent suu thinks that it must be something related to their personal Quest a white werewolf comes inside and He tells them that they started chatting without him some has seen this Rolf before in his last flashback the scientist tells them that he is

one of the four beasts and he is a mage the white werewolf tells him that he is not a mage everyone thinks he's a mage because he carries a cane but that is not the truth he suddenly uses a skill on the scientist he tells the scientist not to worry and it is a kind of insurance which will alert him if the Scientist is in trouble soon the visuals of the flashback shatter and S Wu gets teleported into an empty space with the white wolf the white wolf knows about him and he tells him that

he was curious to know how someu knew about their shorian Branch so fast but now his doubts are cleared and he knows about suu's skill to track memory fragments of a dead body suu tells him that the shoran branch was too empty and their main branch must be somewhere else the White wolf advises him to leave Yong dumu or their fight will be extended and they are going to win at the end suu asks about their origin and the Werewolf tells him to remember the name Evolution Society he uses uses a skill on suu and

tells him that it is going to be the name which will soon end Humanity suu comes out of the flashback and he now knows that the white wolf had skills related to psychometry they need to be on extra guard because the beastmen will Change their future plans and the mysterious man mentioned that they have three raid bosses righty hands over a map he just found to S Wu it's a subway map with three highlighted places A is for yoido Island and it is crossed out B is for sadong in Buon and C is bom in

anang suu already defeated the Drake before they could capture him and he also got rid of the ogre Champion which means there is only one more boss left and there is another branch of evolution Society in there back in Yong dumo station everyone is busy rebuilding their station suu asks Mina song to find out about any information related to raid bosses in ban and anang Community he's going to discuss the rest with the prosecutor himself suu informs him that there is going to be another attack in Yong the attackers call themselves The Evolution society and

their real goal isn't The Liberation Guild suu has a suspicion that they are the corrupted Ones mentioned in the Yu Island raid the prosecutor knows that they can be a much bigger threat to humanity he asks for suu's help once again he requests s Wu to protect Yung dumo because he's the only person strong enough to help them he further asks s Wu to defeat the evolution society and he will give suu 1 million plus gold for this task suu agrees with him because he was going to get get rid of the evolution Society anyway

but now he will also get a lot of Gold for this task suu comes out after the meeting and he is happy to see the other leaders getting along with his companions but hanho informs him that they are all opportunists and they are trying to impress jiu Yun soon hanho gets another alert from the community app it turns out the rankings have changed again the prosecutor's ranking has gone down and now doctor is on the third place and he is on level 15 suu thinks that maybe doctor is the same Mysterious man he just saw

in the flashback a player gets his first Awakening when he reaches level 15 suu is not sure if the first Awakening is only exclusive for five-star class but he knows for sure that doctor has gone through his first Awakening sunu needs to do something before he can get more stronger minim s gets knocked out after opening the lead of a suspicious jar that suu's minions were carrying Hano gives him a potion to heal him up these Jars contain purified breath of the abyss and they were crafted by the scientist once someone opens it breath of

the Abyss will be released from it s tells minam song that these are his Spoils of War and he advises minhum to not touch them again The Liberation Guild has assigned minam S as an assistant for sun Wu sunu and his party members are sure that he was demoted that's why they assigned him to S Wu minam tells them to head inside a Building where the Liberation Guild is gathering the information that s Wu requested on their way hanho informed s Wu that when he died J Yun became very sad and she started crying like

a child J Yun hates hanho because later he kept teasing her about it on the other side the prosecutor is still thinking about how he messed up during the boss raid the public opinion about him has gone down to the drain and everyone is blaming him for their loss most of the Powerful players are now part of s Wu and ry's fan clubs the prosecutor has a promotion type exclusive Quest he needs to train 30 Crusaders up to level 10 as a reward he will receive his first Awakening and he needed to complete this Quest

before the world tree could mature through some investigation the prosecutor learned that Awakening quests are only given to players with four or five stars that is why he needs to complete it as soon as possible or other Five-star players will take over him six of his Crusaders died during their last raid and he has only 14 Crusaders left he's not sure how he can train 16 more Crusaders up to level 10 it is a difficult task but some already achieved his first Awakening and the prosecutor cannot give up now the prosecutor summoned all of his

Guild members outside his office prosecutor tells minhas to assign members for a hunting team and they will start hunting the Next day Minas song and the other Crusaders advise against it because they need time and people to restore their station to its former State prosecutor reminds her that other players will get stronger in that time and they will suffer more with the next attack suu will take care of the evolution Society for them which is their biggest threat but they need to become self- dependent in the future because they have the strongest Guild of Korea

meanwhile on The other side minim song introduces them to the guy who was gathering information on sadong and buom station he informs them that an ogre Champion boss raid was in Saad dong but once the second chapter started the ogre Champion was missing and no information is coming out of bum gas station some guesses that it is now full of black fog and zombies and the information gatherer asks him how he knows about it he shows him hanho who is the biggest cell phone addict in The world gather information hanho informed Z Wu that their

town is safe and he already contacted Tong and told him to stay in the safe Zone and never come out according to a post about bumas station it advises play to not approach it because it's filled with toxic gas and zombies he thinks that Evolution Society has another lab in there and that black fog is breath of the Abyss sunu asks minam song to lend him a chopper some players are running away From zombies in bum gas station they are almost at their shelter and their friends start covering them they need to stop them at

any cost because they are the last line of defense between the zombies and the shelter zombies start getting pierced by arrows and crushed by rocks the survivors are almost at the last barricade but the zombies are advancing toward them in full speed all the players on the barricade are quite afraid so the survivors think of acting As a sacrifice to divert the attention of the zombie horde they will both divert their attention by going in two different paths the survivors throw their supplies toward the girl on the barricade and ask her to take care of

their families they are about to be overwhelmed by the zombies but someone starts jumping above the zombies it turns out to be jiu Yun who takes care of some of them with a single ignition attack suu arrives there with his ogre Champion and he punches the zombies out of existence while GC Yun Dodges the attack some of the players notice that these skeletons belong to the second ranked Necromancer and they become happy back in time the players are waiting for sunu to arrive Hano arrives there but his parents are more concerned about sunu and Yun

he tells them that sunu sent him back to protect the town because powerful enemies are going to Target them but everyone thinks he has Been demoted plus he came here with a lot of gold to keep the safety zone running he tells them that he knows they think he was left out by su Wu but he is about to show them something dear to Su Wu he brings out a kidnapped Ry out of the bag they think that Ry will be quite useful but as soon as he is released he starts disappearing outside a door

some kids are saying that the Necromancer who is the symbol of Justice and Truth is inside the room Jun has some blood on Her face so suu tells her to clean it they have been both through life and death situation but there has never been anything to talk about between them suu asks her if her home is in juu island and she replies with a yes suu asks her when she is planning to go back to jedu Island but she thinks nothing will change even if she goes back she tells him that her family members

are all terrible people so she wants to stay away from them she finally managed to Get away from them but the world changed like this the leader of the survivors comes in and he introduces himself as an minok suu introduces himself but Mok already knows about both of them he tells Jun that kids in the shelter call her Red Demon Nim minok apologizes on behalf of the kids they all watch their Yoo Island boss raid and they are like Heroes for their children Mok thanks them for the help but he requests them to leave both

Jun and suu become shocked After hearing it he tells them that the zombie started to gather there 4 days ago and they are at their limit gun asks him why they are not leaving that area or asking for help from others he informs them that everyone in their area got a regional Quest if they leave the building they will be chased by a horde of zombies and half of their population consists of children and elderly there were some Outsiders who tried to help them but they become discouraged after Hearing about their situation Muk asks them

to leave before midnight or they will be tangled up in their Quest suu can tell at one glance that deep inside Mok wants them to be saved suu tells him that he will still save them Mok and his wife thank him for this favor Mok asks them if they need a single room for the night and Jesu bursts with anger they ask minsok to give them separate rooms the children knock at the door and they ask if they can come inside gun lets Them come in and the little girl tells gun that she is a

Red Demon and she looks cool a kid asks suu to show his skeletons and he summons righty before them the kids start pestering Ry and suu leaves him to them for the torment and suffering during night time suu is wondering that the kids were too much Lively suddenly a regional Quest called the city where death has arrived pops up they can either Escape or subjugate the zombies the reward will depend upon the Goal they achieve zombies will chase survivors outdoors and once noticed they will even chase them indoors he gets another warning message that the

difficulty of the quest is going to be adjusted because there is a player with higher level than 15 in this region Jon bursts in his room and she informs him that the atmosphere of the town is becoming ominous she can also feel vibration of a lot of steps outside their building a notification pops up That the zombies will now chase the survivors inside and the kids become afraid after hearing it Muk comes up to suu and he informs him that normally zombies don't chase them indoors but the difficulty has changed suu tells them that he

knows the difficulty has increased and he thinks this is is toying with them but they are going to survive through this Mok tells the other players to send the non-combatants to the rooftop because they can take care Of zombies but if goals arrive they will not be able to hold them back goals are known to be the cannibalistic monsters which have a bit higher rank than the normal Undead creatures Mok kids come up to him and they think they're going to die this time Mok assures them that nothing like that is going to happen because

the Necromancer is with them both of them wish them best of luck as they head toward the Rooftop one of the players spot the zombies on their Doorstep they all start stacking the main entrance with as many barricades as they can there are a lot of zombies outside and so can't even summon his bigger boss skeletons in that narrow space s tells everyone to leave that place and they become shocked he further elaborates that nothing good will happen by fighting in such a small space and they will become exhausted after fighting for a long time

in this narrow passage some who can't use corpse Explosion on those zombies or their path would have been cleared with ease suu summons his were Beast minions and equips them all with a bone Shield to achieve a powerful Shield Synergy the skeletons managed to easily hold the wave of zombies with their Shields minok uses pressure of Valor to bash a zombie he cuts through some other zombies with his tornado blade skill suu thinks that Mok fights well and he must be a three or four class Knight suu tells his Shield minions to retreat suu tries

to detonate the Dead zombies and he succeeds in causing a big explosion suu thinks that he must be careful from now on because the whole building can't blow up and there are kids in there too more zombies start Gathering right outside the building suu heads outside the building and he summons the Drake along with Ry which activates weaken spirit in their area they both start clearing the front area of the building suu tells Minok to evacuate the people from the rooftops and minsok informs them that they have two buses prepared in the underground parking lot

one of suu's minions gets destroyed by the zombies suu is saving call of death and grim reapers side for later but if this fight drags on it will be disastrous for them Su tells Jun that it's her turn now Jun equips a purification mask created by Lieutenant Kim and it is coated with a potion she immediately starts cutting The zombies with ease the buses arrive there and they start boarding the survivors inside them soon they get a notification that the gos have started moving after smelling the scent of the living Mok informs suu that goals

are leagues above the zombies they are fast and they mostly focus on the children one time they even broke the window of his car and they took his youngest son with them suu tells him to rest assured and he will not let them get the Children after some time they start moving with buses at the center the undead will not stop chasing them so they are moving toward bomas station to clear this Quest some players feel that it is too quiet around them soon they arrive at another refugee camp which was fine until the last

day but now there are only dead bodies laying around them Jan senses something sticking close to their vicinity when one of the players head gets chopped off and all of them Become alerted gcn spots a ghoul which is moving toward the bus filled with children she cuts it in half with a sword ghouls are faster than what Sonu predicted and only gun could match up to their speed soon they spot more ghouls leading hordes of zombies The Players become afraid after watching them Mok asks suu if the players retain their Consciousness after becoming a skeleton

and suu becomes a bit shocked after hearing this question sunu can clearly Understand what minsok is trying to to say but he informs him that as long as he is here they don't need to go that far minuk asks for a last favor from s Wu and he tells him to take care of the children after his death even the wandering Drake can't hit the ghouls because they are too fast for him minok orders his player to shoot crossbows and Fireballs at the ghouls but they easily managed to dodge all of their attacks midair one

of the ghouls reach the top Of the bus but he gets pushed back by one of suu's minions G tears the minion into two with his bare hands Mino gets r of the ghoul by using a holy skill on him a ghoul appears behind him and tries to do a sneak attack on him Mino manages to block the attack of the ghoul with his shield he cuts some of them with all of his might suu revives the gouls with his ability and he tells them to calm down because he will take care of everything from

now on suu has summoned The Grim Reaper scythe and he can revive the dead minions as many times as he wants until one hour he was saving it for a later but the situation is looking Grim right now a notification pops up which informs some that these goals were under the control of another Master but after getting revived by him their link to their previous master has been severed his goal minions keep killing the goals and he keeps adding them to his collection Mok is also motivated and He is cutting through the goals suu thinks

if they disregard each player's skills then minok is on par with the prosecutor only jizu suu and minsok are the ones who can fight against the ghouls and other low ranked players are still getting killed by them the Drake and the ogre Champion are taking care of the zombie hordes and they are not even fast enough to fight against the ghouls these players are determined to fight till their deaths because the lives of Their family members are on stake sunun needs to get more stronger because this game is evolving with each day a ghoul makes

it up to the gates of a bus and a werewolf minion tries to stop him but he easily gets pushed back an old man tries to stop him but he also gets killed by the ghoul minok tried to use his range skill but it is still on cooldown so he plunges toward the ghoul with his sword but both of them get thrown down the bridge suu rushes down to save him but His situation is not looking well suu tells him that he will go and grab a potion for him minsuk stops him as he knows

a mere potion is not enough to save him Muk tells suu with his last breath to use his body to protect the children suu receives a personal Quest as certain conditions have been met he can save or neglect the dead by making the Knight into a skeleton after he can assure the safety of the family of Knight he will receive his ever strong Loyalty and this choice will affect his Destiny suu is pissed at the system because it is almost a similar quest to the one he received after the death of the professor in the

college campus suu has no other choice but to revive Muk after death mino's Consciousness appears in an empty space and he thinks he is in the afterlife a grim reaper appears which informs him that that is not the case even if it is not the afterlife he's still dead and he can't see his Family ever again something starts happening to his body and the Grim Reaper informs him that the Necromancer is turning him into an undead the Grim Reaper tells him to leave everything to S Wu and he has nothing more to be worried about

as his memories will be wiped out Mok starts crying and he request the Grim Reaper to not take away his Memories the reaper tells him to leave those lingering feeling behind because someone stronger than him will Protect his family Muk tells him that he's the head of the family and it is his responsibility to protect them on the outside world suu gets a system message that he has established a contract with a death knight the memories of the Knight will be maintained and he can be taken into suu horde once certain conditions are met Mok

talks to S Wu which proves that he has maintained his will minok is the most unique Undead suu has seen up until This point they both head back up to finish off the ghouls some ghouls try to jump at gun together she cuts through them like butter with her ignition sword a player thanks her for the help but he informs her that the path near the bus is getting overwhelmed by the ghouls she tries to save other players who are about to be overwhelmed by the ghouls but they tell her to leave them and save

the people on the bus another ghoul makes it into the bus but he gets Chopped into two with a single slash death knight was the one who chopped the ghoul more ghoul starts surrounding him death knight is one of the top ranked Undead and he can feel the feelings of fear discomfort and jealousy toward him suu had already equipped him with the masterless sword he starts rampaging through the ghouls with ease and the time limit for egg hatching also gets lesser and lesser as he cuts through the monsters the players think of him as a

New powerful skeleton and the ghouls start retreating for some reason death knight uses a skill to bind the ghouls after that he cuts them with ease suu is a bit relieved as he thinks giving him the masterless sword was the best decision suu looks through the death knight stats he is a level 12 Undead Knight with both Undead and Knight attributes he has two skills one is called chains of the abyss and the other one is exploit Life Energy GC Yun comes Up to suu and informs him that they have taken care of the ghouls

J Yun inquires about the new death knight and suu tells her that he will explain it to her later they want to take a break but they cannot stop until they reach bumas station plus it is now their turn to attack the people who are pulling strings behind the scenes after some time they arrive at the bum station and the Mist is becoming more thicker around them suu asks minok if he's not going to Tell his family about him Mok tells him that he's not brave enough to face them right now and they need to

take care of something first Jun starts cuffing as the mask has become useless the more closer humans get to the fog the more weaker they become but these rules don't apply to S Wu and he heads inside the station with his minions there are no guards outside so suu thinks maybe they are confident enough that the gas will stop any kind of intruder but he is Still curious to know how they are able to confine find the raid boss suu is not going to head inside right now he will wait until midnight so the cool

down on Grim Reaper Scythe can end after a day s starts heading inside the station with his minions they come to a stop when they see the entrance covered with sheets there is a note written by the government hanging there which says that it is a containment testing facility and unauthorized Personnel are restricted From entering it suu and the Death Knight start speculating that the members of The Evolution Society can be government officials they ignore the warning and head inside the room after entering the room they get a notification that the raid boss monster ghoul

King has appeared they are both shocked because ghoul King's arms and legs are already severed an Abyssal Rift is opened in that area where zombies are pouring out non-stop soon someone comes From behind s Wu one of the scientists tells them that they spread the gas since the quest got updated but they were not thinking of a test subject walking inside on his own doctor tells suu that he's not interested in fighting him and he can offer him a DE the doctor tells sangu that he picked a class connected to death and he is currently

studying death more specifically he is studying the energy of the abys which opposes all life forms Doctor and his colleagues think that this situation is a test for human evolution they need to win and pass this test the method they are going to use to achieve it is by throwing away their existing shell and transcending Beyond it they got a lot of information on this topic by capturing ghoul King and now a necromancer related to death has appeared in front of them the doctor doctor tells suu that their meeting might look like a coincidence but

it was Already set up by this artificial system through quests the doctor tells him that it is all for a happy ending for this game Sonu thinks that maybe doctor also came into contact with the prophecy Stone that's why he is talking about an ending doctor tells suu to join them for a greater cause suu says that bastards like them spreading poisonous gas around and conducting human experiments can never work for a greater cause all other groups he met in the past had some Similar but delusional aims like them doctor tells him that if the

world was normal he would have taken more time to convince him with academic Persuasions doctor calls out s Guk as further talking with s Wu is impossible sunuk reveals himself and tells them that the restrictions on the gold King will be released for a moment suu orders his minions to attack them before they can do anything suuk uses a divine power called pose along with others on suu's Minions after getting affected by their Divine skill the power of suu's minions has decreased by 60% suu realizes that it is the same type of skill that hanho

has and they are all priests suu uses his repeating crossbow to deal with them but all of his arrows stop after getting in contact with an electrical energy the female player was using this skill and she returns the arrows to S Wu sunu blocks the Arrows with a bone shield and he thinks she has psychic powers death Knight is almost closer to sunuk and his fellow players but he gets thrown away with a skill called holy pressure and his shield breaks away right right there death knight crashes into a room and suu is worried about

his safety the female player tells suuk and his fellow players to be careful because her precious experimental tanks are in the room where they just threw the death knight Mok wakes up and he starts observing the experimental tanks in that room he Become really angry after watching a child Sho in a tank they are about to do another pose in order to defeat s Wu but one of the player gets his neck chained the chained player gets dragged into the room with Death Knight Death Knight Kills him with a unique scale called exploit life and

the power of sunu and dead minions increases by 10% Death Knight has become enraged after watching the experimental tanks and he's determined to finish them all sunuk is Not phased in any way and they use another Divine skill with pose which is about to hit the death knight but some creates a bone shield for him it activates a hidden Synergy which cancels out every single abnormal status and it requires only a death knight and a shield made by a necromancer sunok and the players become afraid because their divine energy is not working on him death

knight can still feel their damage because this energy only cancels out the Effects of the divine power but it is still enough to get rid of these posers he kills sunuk and his fellow players with his exploit life skill which cancels out divine power in the area suu's ghouls start finishing off the remaining players death knight goes for the female player as she is the owner of those tanks with human experiments she desperately attacks him with her telekinesis skills but death knight blocks them all death knight remembers The shoe he saw in the experimental tub

belonged to his missing son hun Jun he cuts her in half with a single slash attack Sun receives 12,000 gold for defeating her which confirms that she was a level 12 player the doctor starts clapping with anger he pulls out an item and tells them that he has no fighting skills so he has to rely on other means he throws his item at the ghouls and they get electrocuted someu thinks that maybe he belongs to a production class Some Vines come out of the item and they grab both righty and the Death Knight this guy

is full of schemes so someu summons the Grim Reaper Scythe to kill him as soon as possible the doctor uses another item to retreat this item was a flash grenade with magic Mist the doctor is using this chance to get away from the battle but he gets stabbed by suu's Grim Reaper Scythe it turns out in Lich mode one of suu's eyes becomes Hollow and light has no effect on him they were Experimenting on the ghoul King to see how it can be utilized as a weapon but now with the divine power holding him back

gone the ghoul King starts regenerating the doctor is still cocky as he thinks suu friends outside will be dead as well because of the monsters lurking outside suu orders the death knight minsok to finish him off they receive 13,000 gold for destroying a player's clone which means the one they were fighting with was not the real guy He was actually the fifth rank player in the server and the third ranked player with level 15 is still alive there are five players in the top 20 with Dr surname which means they are all one person that

is why their group got so big in such a short span of time he was using his clones in various places to pursue the same goal death knight informs suu that the ghoul King has started moving on the outside gun just got rid Of a wave of zombies and ghouls both wandering Drake and the ogre Champion are assisting her the players ask if their area is cleared but Jun informs them that she can sense more monsters approaching them the players are on edge because they are fighting way wave after wave of these monsters one more

wave of Undead monsters start approaching them Jun is determined to stop them at any cost because some entrusted the safety of the survivors to her and he might be Getting stronger but GN is following behind him without stopping with that said she starts rushing toward the center of the horde the number of skeleton minions is dwindling as well because suu is not here to revive them again but suddenly one of the minions who just died revives GC Yun realizes that s Wu must have used his Lich transformation skill and she needs to use this chance

to push back the undead jiun is cutting them left and right as She's determined to become stronger the player start saying that the Red Demon jiu who is the lover of The Necromancer is quite strong jien becomes red after hearing those gossips about her and Su Wu some ghouls jump over and they start going directly for the buses Jun can't give them back up as she's busy with some other ghouls they're about to get inside one of the buses but their necks get changed with the death knight scale and they get cut down by him

death Knight asks the kids if they are all right his kids recognize him by his voice and they start crying they think their dad transformed into skeleton temporarily he tells them that suu helped him to transform for a bit the kids start praising him and they say they want to transform into skeletons too suu comes out and he Praises gun for her hard work gun tells them that they are the ones who defeated the boss monster in the past they were ready to Defeat the ghou King after he recovered but he fell down on his

own after cuffing a lot of blood they thought the ghoul King was going to die soon because they experimented on him too much they finished him off with ease as he was unable to fight back but sunu tells GC Yun that it was a very difficult fight and they barely managed to defeat him another notification pops up which tells them that second chapter when faced with Destiny has came to an end the Notification window informs them that an urgent balance patch is needed it also commends the survivors of the Korean server for their extraordinary instincts

and they cleared all this within a short time span a list of raid boss monster kills gets published Han Kang sok is on first number with four boss kills and suu is on second with three boss kills while the prosecutor is on third with two boss kills and their total boss kills are 15 it is a unique achievement Among all the servers considering the average level of the Korean server is only ranked fourth in the world therefore a hidden chapter will be open during the remaining time period they need to prove their overwhelming achievements were

not created by chance in in the upcoming great battle an important warning pops up which tells them that large monster armies led by warlord monsters will appear in the Korean server in various locations and This event will continue until the warlord monster is killed suu tells his teammates that they will find out about these Warlords as they work through it the risk of the upcoming battle is going to be higher as well as the rewards for it suu is not phased by this new challenge and he tells his party to get moving and clear the

Cent Quest as soon as possible the next day some goblins are ganging up on a player the player turns out to be hanho and he easily Finishes them off suddenly hanho starts running away with other players they manage to get inside a shield and the Goblins get blocked by it kyong Su orders the other players inside the shield to get ready to face the Goblins the Goblins are attacking the Pioneer Cap's Shield damaging it slowly in the process hanho shoots down another Goblin with his throwing knife which activates his Divine skill he starts rushing at

the goblins with a menacing look Han Keeps pummeling through the goblins with ease another group starts approaching him but this time he's not going to run away like last time Hano starts repping them all apart into pieces while he's going through his meaningless Rampage Ry appears right next to him suu in his party makes its appearance but Hano is a bit confused because death knight is taking his place in suu's party after a while they are all having a meeting in their base Spearman kyungu informs them That it has been quite chaotic after the new

main chapter started almost every other group of survivors have been suffering from these attacks throughout the country the safety zones have become almost useless as their power is getting weaker and the monsters are becoming stronger The Liberation Guild is currently fighting off thousands of Orcs And they are currently looking for S Wu they are the closest to what they can call allies so someone needs to help Them if the evolution society makes a move at this time then it is going to be fatal but judging by the current situation they might be facing off against

the monsters as well Lieutenant Kim comes in and he informs them that they have found the base of the Goblins according to their movement pattern their base must be in pal Delan yongdong Po and other regions are in a pickle because of strong monsters like the Orcs but they are quite lucky because they Got only goblins this time there are mageik goblins which ride on boards in the mix suu tells them that their goal is not to win the fight he's more focused on knowing how much gold experience points they can gain from fighting this

Goblin Army Spearman kungu applauds him for thinking of gaining gold and experience from this situation but but tungu tells them that he's not thinking for himself but for them the hunt this time is going to be a good Opportunity for the town's people to gain experience during night time two goblins are guarding a factory in padel San suu appears from behind them and he thinks they must be guarding something important he finishes them off in one go even weak goblins are scary when they are commanded by a warlord and they move systematically suu summons the

ogre Champion as he is about to deal with their leader the ogre Champion uses his Thunder God blessing technique on the Warehouse he manages to kill every single Goblin commanding Centurion with a single attack a goblin Lord is still alive and he makes it out of the rubble suu summons the Grim Reaper scythe and he transforms into a lich death knight finishes off the goblin Lord in one strike s revives all the Goblins he just killed and they start heading out the Goblins are moving in the form of a big army the players from suu's

town have formed a barricade along their way Spearman kyungu tells them to stay calm as the leaders of God goblins are already dead and they are fighting a losing battle the Goblins start getting hit by ranged attacks the players become happy after watching how easy it is and they will get a lot of experience from hunting these Goblins the poor goblins get hit by a lot of plenties as all of their commanders are already dead and they lose their will to fight they keep getting nailed by the human players all Players are enjoying their easy

grind Fest no matter what group it is there will be a weakness in the absolute majority and they will end up becoming a burden for other players chefs and Pioneers have a role outside of Fighters but now the difficulty is rising and it has become an unavoidable situation even those people who are weak by nature or are sick can become stronger some players are helping the elderly and the children to level up as well after Shooting a goblin a kid levels up to two and he starts crying with happiness finally they manag to defeat the

whole Goblin Army and S Wu receives a notification that he is the first contributor to defeat a monster Army the players have have won a great battle so all of them will receive extra gold according to their contribution suu was watching the whole battle from a rooftop and he is quite satisfied with the contribution of all the players of his Town the next day suu is heading for the Yum post station he informs Spearman kungu that they will be able to hunt safely from now on and he wants the average level of every player up

to eight by the time he returns he cannot stay in town forever and it is not his obligation to protect the weak he tells them that everyone needs to work harder because the world is going to become more and more cruler with each passing day the chopper arrives with meong Su And they are pestering them to hurry up suu tells them it is time for them to help out their allies of Liberation Guild the next morning some buses are moving together with Crusaders the prosecutor inquires about the situation of all the monster armies that have

appeared from his men one of his men tells him that he will be able to see the Northern border in a moment he is using a mid-ranked magic drone to scout ahead this mag drone can share the field Of vision with the Mage he informs the prosecutor that there are about 200 trolls and they look like they are headed their way one of the trolls destroys the Drone after noticing it Minas song advises the prosecutor to destroy the bridge because thousands of Orcs are heading there from Gimpo and they will be surrounded from both sides

the prosecutor asks for her advice on fighting the trolls first and then going for the Orcs Minas song tells him that The trolls have regeneration abilities and their fight will be dragged to the point that the Orcs will surround them from the other side prosecutor knows it too but he needs to level up his Crusaders to 10 as soon as possible for his personal Quest some of his Crusaders might die in the process but it is the safest way to bridge the gap between him and sunu Mina song informs him that she will summon all

the guards from the station leaving only a minimum number Behind minum song informs then that the chopper that went to pick up S Wu is about to arrive Minas song becomes happy as they will be able to manage this tricky situation ation somehow but minum song informs her that suu tells them to not worry about the trolls suddenly a chopper moves right above them suu summons his minions when the helicopter reaches right above the trolls both minam song and the prosecutor are shocked after watching the scene suu's Boss monsters start rampaging through the trolls with

ease suu revives the dead trolls to add them into his army some players from a different faction are watching suu in action from a distance and they start posting about it on the online forum suu's party got another achievement after having more than 20 plus giant type members in his party this Synergy increases their damage against small and medium opponents by 30% finally they arrive at the location of the main troll unit the warlord troll Chief makes his appearance the troll Chief starts hitting the ground The Spectators are a bit shocked after watching this random

behavior of the chief suddenly Vines start popping out of the places where troll Chief was attacking and these Vines start binding some skeletons The Spectators start thinking that it will be a hard battle for sun Wu but attack hits the hand of The chief and his axe falls out of his hand the ogre Champion punches his face with his fist wandering Drake takes a hold of him from behind and the two bosses start rushing at him the poor troll Chief gets pummeled with their punches finally the death knight finishes him off with the masterless sword

someu revive the troll Chief and they start heading toward the Liberation Guild the prosecutor thanks suu for coming to their rescue the prosecutor Tells him that a huge Army Of Orcs is heading this way and they can only cross through this bridge the prosecutor already blocked all other paths so they can only move through here the prosecutor is still hanging on to his competitive nature and he wants to prove himself by taking the lead in this upcoming battle suddenly they start getting a lot of posts on the public forums about people wanting to join sunu

in this raid it's becoming hard for The Liberation Guild to maintain their reputation because of smaller guilds releasing information about Sun's fights they got many messages from different small groups of survivors who are moving toward their location to help them Minas song thinks that they should welcome them and slowly convince them to joining their Guild the number of units in the Orcs Army is too large so they need as much help as they could Minong heads inside the meeting room where the heads Of different groups are gathered Minas song starts the briefing their Guild has

blocked most of the bridge but all of their guards are deployed there and they are monitoring their enemies through magic drones all group leaders are piercing suu with their gazes a crusader bursts inside the room and he informs them that a Survivor flew over from the west and the thing she wrote was quite unusual suu thinks that even The Liberation Guild has limits when it Comes to helicopters but now something unusual has appeared since everyone is curious prosecutor tells them that they can all come along to meet her Sun Wu become shocked after watching this

unusual ride with their very own eyes this unusual ride is a tamed Griffin monster and it is a bit agitated a female play closes its beak and she tells them that this Griffin is a good kid and it won't attack anyone the Griffin Rider asks the prosecutor to Help her she informs them that a few hours ago a large number of Chinese players landed in ganga and suu becomes shocked after hearing it they move to a tent and the female player starts briefing them about their current situation they live on guodong island which is a

small island connected to ganguwa Island by land the players from ganguwa Island set up a small safe Zone in gong Island it is completely safe as long as they take care of small number Of monsters there and set up a blockade on the guodong highway they have strong players on the island but they decided to live quietly a few hours ago Pirates landed on gyodong island they have dozens of fishing boats alone the Islanders tried to resist them but they were defeated by the pirates and their escape route through guodong Highway was seized the prosecutor

asks her if she knows the exact number of the Pirates the female player informs him that there Are probably more than a thousand of them the other leaders think that China has a large population so their player numbers can be high and they can also invade their country meanwhile s thinks that is not the case and these are just mere Pirates just like the Raiders in their own country suu tells them that these types of guys are the worst in this kind of situation and they come rushing in when they find a weakness all other

group leaders agree with s Wu Minas song tells them that they already have their hands full with the Orcs Invasion andoku asks her what will they do of the Pirates ride up the Han River and attack them from behind while they are dealing with the Orcs the prosecutor informs them that they will be dealing with the Orcs only for now they will set up a reconnaissance unit for observing the Han River and they will know right away if the Pirates decide to attack them the female player becomes shocked After hearing it and she gets down

on her knees as she has lost all hope suu tells them that he has another option for this situation He suggests that they should dispatch a team to take care of the Pirates and attack the Orcs from both front and back with the help of the survivors from the gangwa island anuku says that the whole island will be alerted if they send a helicopter but some can easily sneak in alone with his shadow skills the prosecutor asks him if He is sure he can handle it alone suu tells them that his Necromancer skills are better

suited to fight against human players someu needs information from those Chinese players or once they keep crossing the borders it will become hard for Korean players to stop their assault just like Goblin leaders suu needs to take care of the orc leaders from the back through gangwa Island suu asks the girl to take him to the island as quietly as she can on her Griffin the Prosecutor agrees with this decision the next day they are about to leave for guodong Island hanho asks suu to leave Ry behind and Jun tells suu to stay safe more

than two people can't ride the Griffin that's why he can't take them with him with that said they start moving toward their new destination the female player informs suu that they need to wait until dark before they can enter the island so the Pirates will not know about their arrival the Pirates have Huge bird monsters who fly around and monitor the island during night time in the docks of guodong Island inside a boat some parents are talking about the prisoners they took their leader tells them that they will have a lot of gold and women

when they reach the Korean Mainland one of the Pirates tells them that they would not even have survived if they had not got the poison liquor made from the eggs of the monster centipede CAU in hango one of the Pirates tells the other that he feels more at ease with being chased out of the country and it is better being a pirate against a weak country than fighting against the strong players of their own country one of them is about to say something about their General but the other one stops him this pirate has a

bounty hunter class and he can feel a presence in the shadows suu appears from behind them and he cuts two of them in one strike the third one gets chained by The death knight and someu tells the death knight to keep him alive so he can interrogate him later on after a while the pirate wakes up with the Griffin scaring him the female player tells Griffin to calm down and she will feed him the pirate after the investigation is over they can freely talk with each other thanks to the system without knowing each other language

and tungu tells him if he is not Cooperative enough he will just kill him and read His memories suu tells him to choose whether he will stay alive and tell him everything or some who can read his memories after finishing him inside another ship a pirate leader is angry because 90 people just disappeared in just a few hours he tells his henchmen to unanchor the boats and check if there are any prisoners missing he orders the monster Birds to find the Intruder and bring him in the leader of the Pirates is sharing his vision with

the monster Birds but he can't find anyone he is pissed because the one responsible for this Mayhem is hiding well one of the pirate Lackey tells him that they found the missing people and the leader is surprised his henchman found them before him they are all dead and they were laying side by side when he found them the pirate leader is confused because the killer could have just thrown the bodies into the ocean to get rid of them but he loaded them into enemy ships Another Lackey tells him that they found more dead bodies in

other ships they are closer to another boat with dead bodies but suddenly All Ships start getting destroyed one after another they are confused after watching it as they have no clue how the boats exploded the screams of other Pirates start coming out of a nearby building one of the windows opens up and a gas starts pouring out one of the Pirates knows that this gas is breath of the Abyss Used by Mages and He suggests them moving away from it the p Pirates start moving away on their cars the birds are sending signals to the

pirate leader from all over the island and he thinks there are a lot of enemies on the island they can only get away through the bridge because their boats are already destroyed the pirate leader is angry because if they become isolated here their expedition will be doomed to fail before the reinforcements arrive they Need to get out of there and secure a new area where their main Fleet can land so they can welcome their General they arrive at the bridge and their leader orders them to go faster suddenly wandering Drake along with suu crashes in

front of them the Pirates become scared after witnessing it suu knows there are three Chinese servers and these Hooligans came from the second server plus these Pirates are just the advanced party and they plan to create a Base for their main Force to land the pirate leader comes out of the car and he orders his men to prepare for battle but suu has no plans on wasting his time so he will not let them play around anymore suu activates call of death and weakens spirit in their area suu's minions surround the pirates from all sides

the massive horde of suu's minions is about to approach them and the pirate leader summons his monster Birds to fight back the birds start finishing off The zombies with ease this gives courage to the other Pirates and they start fighting back the goulu start catching and smashing the monster Birds into pieces after a while the whole monster bird Army is annihilated by the ghouls alone the pirate leader is in shock as those birds were his only only trump card suu revives the birds and they become a part of his horde the par leader tries to

fly away with his last monster bird suu's bird minions start Chasing the leader after a few seconds they manag to catch up to the monster bird and kill it the pirate leader falls to the ground breaking his back in the process the pirate can't speak from the last shock so suu finishes him off to read his memory fragments and he levels up to 17 as well after Reviving The Pirate leader suu starts checking his memory fragments inside the memory fragment he can see a huge ship the ship crew seems to be well disciplined with Everyone

wearing proper uniforms their leader asks them where they should head next it turns out they yielded the second server to a spiritualist player and a self-proclaimed Emperor is growing in power in the first server even the third server has succumbed to the emperor so they can't go back to China one of his assistant suggests they should ask for assistance from an outside power and the general cuts his head off the general tells them that They are floating out in the open ocean because they lack in power and violence they will soon make up for the

power they lack after they conquer another land and they will return to their Mainland to swallow it too just like a starving ghost now someone knows that another insane person is aiming for their country and he needs to stop this psycho as well the general tells his men that the main problem they face is that there is no occupied land they can take One of his men is quite afraid but he must up his strength to recommend that they should attack the nearby Islands they can blockade the sea with the islands and March back to

the continent through the Korean Peninsula the general Pats his man for his idea and the man thanks to the general the general orders his General Crimson Earth to take over all the islands near the mainland they need to take control of the Seas while strong Korean players are busy taking Care of monsters in the mainland General Crimson Earth was tasked with leading a small Fleet and establishing an outpost on the Korean penin General further refrains him from provoking the main forces of Korean Peninsula and general Crimson Earth only needs to prepare for the arrival of

their General General further tells them to use the pirate synergies as much as possible they also need to collect as much gold as they can while they're at It the Pirates have a ranked three pirate Synergy called I will become king of pirates it's a group Synergy and it requires more than 10,000 pirates in the group its effects can double the amount of gold when killing a player and they can also loot 20% of the gold a player has suu now knows why these Pirates were capturing live humen so they can later kill them with

their main group and receive a lot of gold in the process the general tells them that they also need To take care of the main quest they received which says that a nobleman will be born at the end of this chaos General motivates his men by saying that they are not walking the path of nobleman but one of aera they need to show no mercy and lose loot everything with that said the memory fragment is over and sunu returns back to the real world sunu has leveled up as well and he got five card choices

suu choose his call of death skill card which increased his call of Death skill rank he can now summon 25 masterless zombies from The Abyss suu is quite happy because the size of his horde has increased drastically the female player asks suu what he's going to do next suu informs her that he is done here and he will now head toward Gimpo to fight in the real war while on the other Battlefield both human players and the red Orcs are in front of each other the red Orcs are looking quite pissed as usual jiu Yun

informs them That there are many Orcs in the mix which are stronger than the normal Orcs and hanho becomes afraid after hearing it Anu informs them that this is only one of their Advanced parties but their numbers are still too much plus they somehow managed to make the trolls their slaves who are now fighting for them mongu and some other players can't believe it because trolls are more powerful than the Orcs righty and J Yun start advancing and cutting the trolls On their way they both jump toward the center of the red Orcs formation some

red Orcs get stabbed by flying daggers these daggers were thrown by hanho who is looking quite motivated now Hano is even punching some Orcs to death gangan Lee performs a wave of fire spell to burn the Orcs he burns a lot of Orcs with his attack and each red orc Warrior gives 1,200 gold gangan Lee becomes a bit cocky after defeating a few Orcs but anuku saves his life by catching a stray Arrow which was about to hit him and anuku tells him to be more careful anuku starts pummeling the Orcs with his fist attacks

and he orders his fighters to protect the Mages the Orcs are getting pushed back quite hard but they are still fearless and it seems like they're enjoying this fight an orc Chief tries to attack them but he gets punched by hanho and he tells them that he is enjoying this fight more than the Orcs The Shield Bearer Squad is blocking the Orcs Advance while the priest Squad is buffing them up from behind with their pose skills one of the fighters points out something in the distance these are orc shamans were being carried by trolls the

orc shamans throw their magic spells toward the players and the shield bearers ask their magicians to cast magic barriers on their Shields but the magic spells hit them before they can cast any kind of protection barriers the players who got hit by the spell are not Looking well and some specialized orc Cavalry starts head toward them the Crusader team arrives there at the same time the Crusaders make their breakthrough formation which stops the assault of the red Orcs Cavalry minam song orders the crossbow men to Target the orc shamans the arrows of crossbow men successfully

managed to neutralize the orc shamans the other players become motivated after watching the Crusaders in action the prosecutor is getting rid Of the Orcs one after another and if things keep on going smoothly he can clear his personal Quest very soon prosecutor performs his cross spear skill to wipe out a group of red orc Warriors the last of his Crusaders who was on level 9 kills a red orc Warrior and he levels up to 10 a system notification pops up which informs the prosecutor that his personal promotion Quest has been completed he received his first

stage Awakening as a reward and His Fate has changed slightly the Orcs come to a stop as the prosecutor starts bursting with light even the human players can't keep their eyes open as something shining is falling from the sky a light spere appears up in the sky the current area has become the Temple's domain for 1 hour the healing effect in the area will increase by 2% and all Crusaders strats will increase by Five Points the prosecutor takes a hold of the spear and he orders his men to Charge forward the human players are slowly

getting healed and they start praising the prosecutor and the prosecutor can feel his self-esteem being revived this new world needs a change and The Liberation Guild will be the first step towards this change mean while in China a player informs leeway Nim that they received some information from the band of plunderers they defeated the plunderers went to the Korean server after getting defeated in The Chinese second server leeway is quite pissed because she thinks she should have gotten rid of those human formed beasts right when they had the chance the player informs her that there

is no need to worry because the Vanguard of plunderers were defeated in Korea leeway is quite happy to know that there are still capable people in the Korean server meanwhile back on the battlefield the the prosecutor receives 3,000 gold for killing the assault orc Chief Captain after a few minutes they are done with the current group of red orc Warriors minum song informs the prosecutor that they got a complete Victory except for a few Orcs who managed to escape prosecutor inquires about the casualties on their side minam song informs him that three Crusaders and 100

players have died in the last battle but it is a lot less than what they expected the prosecutor thinks that they should have decreased the Casualties by as much as they can they can't infinitely fill up their ranks like Su Wu and it takes a lot of time and resources to train the Crusaders who die so easily and Saku informs them that the players need rest because if the orc attacks them again they will die from exhaustion all of a sudden they start hearing a lot of footstep sounds they see another wave of red Orcs

approaching their location one of the Orcs sound a horn and he is riding a rhino gun Informs them that the group they just fought was the advanced group but now they're a part of their main forces is here andu and gangan Lee informed the prosecutor that it will be impossible to stop the assault of this group of Orcs minam song suggests that they should Retreat back and fight in the closed streets but the prosecutor is a bit confused as if they Retreat back to the buildings the main force of the Orcs can directly head for

yongdong po station Gon agrees with him because the Orcs always go for the place with more people and Yung Dong Po station has a lot more refugees than the fighters present here with that said the prosecutor tells them they cannot back down from this point where the non-combatant humans will suffer in their place the red Orcs start advancing toward the human players and some humans become dishearted after watching their Advance hanho points out towards something important a dead orc Drops toward a red orc Warrior riding a rhino someu detonates the dead orc which results in

a big explosion some huge birds are flying up and they are carrying the dead bodies Of Orcs the birds drop the dead Orcs toward the army of the main force of the Orcs And they explode after coming within their range everyone becomes happy as they know suu is back in this battle sunu makes an appearance there and he's riding the Drake along with the death knight Prosecutor becomes a bit relaxed after watching suu in action magic drone belonging to different guilds are hovering over the battlefield the whole battle is being live broadcasted on the community

forums they are discussing that maybe the death knight is the new main favorite skeleton of The Necromancer meanwhile righty is losing his popularity because he used to be the main favorite skeleton soldier of suu in the past the broadcasters are quite Happy as their number of subscribers is increasing drastically the chat is quite active and they are wondering if someu is this much stronger than how much stronger the number one player can be at the same time someone starts banging on the door of their broadcasters and they become active Minas song barges in with the

Crusaders team and tells them to put down their weapons Minong tells them to turn down their broadcast or they will use Force to stop them the staff members Start accusing her of monopolizing the press and fabricating the truth minam song corrects him by saying that yongo station was targeted due to the broadcast of Yoo Island raid their locations can be easily revealed through these broadcasts the member agrees with her and he tells them that they will cooperate with them Minimon grins her teeth as she knows there are a lot of other private channels broadcasting the

raid live and they cannot stop all of Them both their enemies and players with unknown objectives are watching their stream right now during night time outside The Liberation Guild Camp righty is sitting next to the fire Hano becomes afraid after knowing that the beastmen and scientists can attack them from South and they have an orc Army rushing toward them from West and Chinese Pirates will come for their necks from the ocean Hano is pissed as he knows the difficulty of Korean servers is Increasing drastically gcn thinks they are strong in the Korean server but they

don't know about the power of the rest of the world and their country size is small as well she thinks that they need to hunt more and gain levels faster some agrees with her as their main goal since they left the college campus is to get stronger but since Korea is a small country compared to the rest of the world so the circulating golden experience points are small as well that Is why someu thinks that this war with the Orcs is a blessing in disguise for them after the last battle with the Orcs someu already

discussed it with the prosecutor that they will be facing off against other countries soon enough after dealing with the Orcs they need to travel to other countries if possible and get rid of all possible threats but he also has no idea what they will face after defeating the Hostile players one of the Crusaders outside hears something But his fellow guard tells him that he didn't heard anything suspicious all of a sudden some Roots start popping out of the ground The Roots become larger and they are growing randomly GC Yun and righty burst into the room

of suu to alert him but all of a sudden a red orc appears behind jiu Yun and he is about to attack her jiu and Ry easily cut the orc with their swords the Crusaders start informing others that the Orcs are here the Orcs are finishing off the Players and they are wondering how the Orcs got inside the camp hanho points toward the location where Orcs are coming from there are some portals made up of roots and the Orcs are coming out of these portals suu is a bit taken a back after watching the Orcs

using portal magic the Orcs start heading for the camp of the process utor but the prosecutor uses his skill to make the whole area into a Temple's domain for 1 hour the prosecutor is looking quite Pissed at the Orcs who disturb their resting time the human players become buffed and they are bursting with energy from the Temple's domain skill kangan Lee uses waves of flame magic to turn the Orcs into ashes and he destroys one of the portals in the process anaku was hurt during the surprise attack but now he's getting healed from the buff

and he can feel like he had jumped from two or three levels at once the prosecutor uses cross spear skill to tear apart the Advancing red orc Warriors and he destroys a portal as well minim song informs the Crusaders that two portals have been destroyed and they should focus on the other portals but he is a bit confused to see that they cannot spot another portal it turns out suu and his party already destroyed the rest of the portals The Liberation Guild only took care of two portals while suu destroyed all other portals in such

a short span of time the prosecutor and Su Wu are both at their first Awakening but the difference between their powers is immense soon they notice a rock which is giving off a black smoke and they are wondering if it is the thing that created these portals someu picks up the rock and a red warning message pops up which informs them that this item contains dark energy and long-term contact with it can result in negative consequences all of a sudden a mission window pops up in front of all the Players the quest tells them that

the or Lord is casting a large scale black magic if they don't stop it before 30 hours all Orcs will be buffed into a demonic State suu remembers that the boss of the college campus was also a black mage orc suu thinks that this orc Lord is the perfect match for him minum song receives an emergency call from Minas song he becomes shocked after hearing the message of Minas song it turns out the wyverns are heading their Way after some time the wyverns start passing through their camp Hoku is worried because they are getting into

one mess after another but gangan Lee tells him to stop bickering or the wyvern will hear them Minas informs the prosecutor that the wyvern have left but they should still stay hidden for a while they have a lot of people and wyvern can come back after observing them from a distance they don't have a lot of time left but they have no other Choice and the prosecutor agrees with her decision hanho asks sang Wu if it is still too early to kill the wyvern jiu Yun informs him that they can somehow take care of one

or two of them but there are dozens of them flying altogether plus fighting enemies in air is a bit difficult for them the alpha wyvern male and the wyverns under its command are the true rulers of Korean Skies right now everything comes to a halt when they pass through suu wants to Hunt them badly but he can't think of a way to do so the next morning the wyvern are not in sight Minas song informs the PRC that they can start moving now because the wyverns must have crossed the northern side of the Han River

by now the process agrees with her and he orders her to inform each team that they will be advancing ahead hanho got a useful information that the Gimpo planes where the orc Army have been appearing from has started to turn into a Wasteland just like how the uo island turned into a wetland during the raid on the wandering Drake this whole place was a grassy fertile area and it turned into a wasteland in a single night Mina song informs s Wu that according to the report of the reconnaissance team the Orcs are gathering at the

Gimpo International Airport the pro SK tells them that it will be a great battle where two powerful forces will Clash sunu tells them that they need to make Wise decisions because the Orcs can be planning something behind the scenes the prosecutor knows that it can be the case but they don't have enough time and they need to get rid of the Orcs in this battle before the timer runs out the red orc Army is advancing toward the human players from the Gimpo International Airport the human players are a bit taken back after watching the huge

number of Orcs sunun knows that some of these players are dishearted and they Want to run away from this battle but there is no longer any place left for them to escape if they Retreat right now they will later have to face the Orcs which will be buffed with dark magic the prosecutor asks suu if he's going to start the fight with corpse explosion as usual suu orders his Birds to throw the dead Orcs toward the advancing parties but deep down he knows that the Orcs Must Have prepared something to counter corpse explosion this time

but he is Still eager to find out what plans these unintelligent Orcs can cook up S Wu performs corpse explosion on the corpses but after the smoke subsides they see a shield around the orc Army this Shield is one of the Magics of the Black Mage Orcs both prosecutor and S will realize that the Orcs are not advancing forward and they are maybe buying time for the completion of the black magic spell this means they have to first initiate the attack and fight the Orcs head on Minas Song suggests that they should think of a

way to minimize their casualties because even if they win here there are too many enemies which are are waiting for them to become weak sunu tells the prosecutor to focus on developing the alliance after the war with the Orcs and there is no need to worry about the foreign enemies the prosecutor asks him why they don't need to worry about the Invaders suu tells them that the lowkey survivors have started to gather because Of the invading monster armies but the main problem is that there is not a safe Group which can manage these survivors prosecutor

assures s Wu that as long as there are no direct threats toward him he will develop a large scale Group which can make people feel at ease suu is wondering that the group which is targeting Korea were The Losers of second Chinese server and they should hunt them now before they can become big enough to cause them trouble however There is going to be a day when they have to face an even greater group The more larger their group gets the chances of their encounter with other groups will also increase that's why sunu needs an

organization which works systematically to help him unfortunately the small town of suan is not enough so he needs a bigger group at the same time prosecutor is thinking of making a large community at the national level and now suu is going to support him to make his Community bigger in reality both s Wu and prosecutor are trying to use each other in some way hanho and gun are happy now that the conflict between suu and the prosecutor has subsided they have to take care of the Orcs first so they start making a plan suu informs

the prosecutor that he has a way to decrease the casualties by as much as possible but that method is a bit unconventional suu hints at doing some sort of sniping after some time the prosecutor and The Liberation Guild start heading toward the Orcs Main Army minam song says that it feels like they are Marching to a slaughterhouse but Jun replies by saying that they will be the ones who will become butchers today hanho tells her that there are too many pigs to slaughter and his daggers are not enough an orc gives out a loud roar

and they start marching toward the Liberation Guild prosecutor ERS his tanks to come to the front and the Mages to move in The middle so they can't get attacked from behind one of the Mages is feeling disheartened but his friend tells him that he should focus on the fight now because he cannot run away even if he wants to in order to motivate his men the prosecutor tells them that they have already won many impossible battles and today's war is just an extension of those battles the prosecutor is sure that there will be even more

difficult and exhausting fights from now on more Powerful foes will try to bring them down with their might and he asks his men if they will give up in the face of such a small challenge his men are bursting with motivation so they say they will never give up the prosecutor uses his Temple's domain skill and tells his men that this Victory will belong to them the outer Shield of the Orcs gets destroyed and the Mages start casting Fireballs the Fireballs hit the Orcs but their numbers don't seem to be dwindling The Orcs attack the

front row of The Liberation Guild but their tankers are holding back the Orcs the Orcs are trying to surround them from sides so the spearmen get ready the orc shamans make their appearance so the human Mages also start getting ready Rhino Riders are pushing toward the human player formation so the Spearman start aiming for them before they can break their formation the human players are ferociously holding back the Orcs The Siege weapons of the Orcs start taking their position an orc Chief orders The Siege weapons to start shooting at the human players the prosecutor uses

his realm of Blind Faith skill to cast a shield around them the prose orders his men to hold their position and keep luring the orc's main forces toward them they need to bring the orc Lord as close to them as possible at the same time a griffin is flying above the airport the girl asks sunu if he wants the Griffin To lower the altitude but suu replies by saying that this height is enough for him all of a sudden suu jumps down and he activates his Grim Reaper mode in the air the or shamans can

feel suu's presence but they are a bit late and suu summons ogre Champion out of the Abyss the orc Shaman summon the shield around them and the ogre Champion gets ready for his Thunder God blessing technique the ogre Champion smashes the shield into bits and the orc shamans also get Destroyed in the process the prosecutor saw the whole thing and now he knows that it was the sniping operation sunu was talking about the orc Lord appears out of the rubble and the last attack had a lot of impact on him suu asks why he is

looking angry the ogre Warriors start retreating back to protect their lord minhum song tells the Liberation Guild to attack the Orcs which are trying to retreat suu activates both call of death and weakened Spirit at the Same time suu receives a new hidden Synergy because he has a commander skeleton righty with more than 30 units under his command he also got a second Synergy called Giants which require more than 50 giant type units in the party his third Synergy is steel armored knage which requires more than 50 units equipped with heavy armor someone throws a

bottle filled with breath of the Abyss in the middle of the orc Army the orc are dying from the effects of breath of The Abyss hanho who is now riding the Griffin was the one who threw the bottle at the Orcs some was feeling even more buffed after coming in contact with the breath of Abyss Su tells the orc Lord that he is sorry for coming to see him like this but he wanted to have a nice little chat with him suu orders righty and the Death Knight to attack the orc Lord righty and the

Death Knight start attacking the orc Lord in unison the orc Lord is somehow blocking their attacks The orc Lord gets distracted for one second and the Death Knight seizes this chance to perform a slash attack on him righty jumps toward the orc Lord to finish him with a head stab but the death knight chains and pushes the orc Lord toward himself death knight slashes the orc Lord into two pieces with the nameless sword someone receives 900,000 gold for defeating the orc Lord and the time until the egg hatching has been reduced to 3,780 days ready

is pissed at the death knight for stealing his kill but death knight tries to clar ify that he killed the orc Lord to reduce the hatching time of the dragon egg after the death of their lord the Orcs have lost the will to fight the Orcs are hit with a plenty effect and they became weaker the human players start butchering the red Orcs minum song along with some other Liberation Guild members ride on bikes to kill the Orcs faster the prosecutor Becomes relieved because now they can hunt the Orcs without worrying about casualties all of

a sudden minim song receives an emergency alert on his mobile it seems to quite important so minhum rides toward the prosecutor to tell him the news minam song informs the prosecutor that the magic drone scout team just reported that the wyverns group is headed their way prosecutor becomes shocked and he inquires about the current location of wyverns minam s Informs him that scout team who reported it is 3 kilm away from their location so the wyverns must be arriving at their location pretty soon the prosecutor thinks that maybe they were tricked by wyverns the wyverns

were waiting for their prey to leave the city which had a lot of op obstacles and head toward the Wasteland prosecutor orders all human players to retreat and take shelter inside the airport building the human players are a bit confused as to why Prosecutor is asking them to retreat all of a sudden a system message pops up which informs all of them that the field boss wyvern alpha male appear near them the human players are already too late as the wyvern are upon them the wyvern start rampaging through the ranks of human players and eating

them in the process suu thinks that the wyverns appeared at a bad time and dealing with them can be a bit Troublesome right now suu orders his flying birds to carry the Dead Orcs toward the wyverns the wyverns are busy in their Rampage and the birds approach near them carrying the bodies suu asks the prosecutor to prepare the ballistas and the prosecutor orders his men to prepare them the wyvern spot the flying birds one of them bites a dead red orc and gulps it up without any second thoughts suu uses corpse explosion to blast the

red orc inside the mouth of the wyvern the prosecutor orders his men to shoot the wyvern with Ballistas suu orders the wandering Drake to finish off the wyvern wandering Drake bites the wyvern from behind and after a bit of struggle he manages to kill the wyvern sunu receives 74,000 gold for finishing off a single wyvern all human players become happy after witnessing Sun Wu finishing off a wyvern sunu always wanted to beat the wyverns and now he finally managed to achieve his goal s Wu uses his skill to add the wyvern into his horde suu

gets On the wyvern and he orders death knight to do the same they start flying high above the other wyverns the skies have finally opened up for sunu and he can now travel freely and faster death knight asks Sun Wu if they're going to hunt the wyverns next suu replies by saying that it's time for them to show the wyvern how it feels like being hunted one of the wyvern spots to the human players gathered below him he starts rushing toward them at full speed Suu orders his bone wyvern to chase that wyvern who got

separated from the herd the bone wyvern bites one of its wing death knight uses his chains of abys skill to bind the wyvern suu orders the death knight to finish it off with the nameless sword all of a sudden suu notices a second wyvern above him which is about to attack them they Dodge the attack of the wyvern by ducking down the bone wyvern starts flying away and the second wyvern gives Chase suu is worried Because taking care of two wyvern at the same time will be difficult but at the same time he receives a

notification that the first wyvern has been killed Death Knight killed the first first wyvern by stabbing its head with the nameless sword and now he is falling down sunu makes the first wyvern into a bone wyvern with his skill the second wyvern is not giving up and he is about to bite them s Wu summons righty and he throws him toward the second wyvern as The wyvern is about to gulp up righty he uses his spinal bones to dodge the attack righty then uses his spiral blade technique to cut the wyvern wyvern received a lot

of damage and he is bleeding the wyvern suu is riding bites off the neck of the second wyvern s Wu brings the second wyvern back to life and now he has three of them there are more wyvern below them which are in a hoorde and the alpha male wyvern is watching them from above sunu can't deal With the whole herd of wyvern so he will wait for some of them to leave the herd and he will hunt them one by one all of a sudden the alpha male wyvern who was hovering above them gives out

a loud roar all wyvern look up at the alpha male the whole herd starts moving up in the sky even ignoring Sun Wu who is standing on their way the alpha male wyvern along with his herd is giving off some evil Vibes death knight tells suu to be on alert because things are about To get messy there are about 30 wyverns in the herd and it is going to be impossible to run away from them but suu still has a jar filled with breath of the abys which can come in handy in this situation the

wyvern start rushing towards suu in unison suu quickly spreads the breath of abys around him the Wyant become alerted after watching a cloud formed with breath of the Abyss but they still charge through and they get hit with the effects of the Abyss The wyvern's back away from the smoke of breath of the Abyss the death knight informs suu that the breath of Abyss works like a charm on them but the alpha male wyvern is still holding his ground suu pulls up another empty jar and he tries to threaten wyvern to back away or he

will shower them with more jars containing breath of the Abyss the alpha male realizes they cannot do anything if the Necromancer keeps on using the breath of the Abyss so he decides to Retreat with his horde the wyverns fly on off into the distance at maximum speed suu's Grim Reaper mode also just expired and he is happy to finally have some peace suu lands on the ground and his minions take care of the remaining Orcs the human players feel at ease by having suu with them the prosecutor feels a bit relieved because suu is on

his side and he can take care of foreign powers while he concentrates on making a strong Community a notification pops up Which informs them that the Koreans have cleared the fourth warlord monster and suu is the biggest contributor in this mission the human players start celebrating their victory suu was the biggest contributor in this raid but player Han Kang sok is still on the first position in the Korean server suu just leveled up to 18 so he chooses a plus three strength card as his level up reward sunu knows that information about him has spread

too much due to the live Streaming and his enemies will Target him in the future instead of his summons that's why he chose a strength card to increase his strength sunu also got a legendary rank ring after killing the work Lord this ring is called Black and pearl ring it increases curse type magic damage by 10% this ring also emits dark energy which can be harmful to players with no immunity s equips the ring and it will be quite useful for him when he uses breath of the Abyss or other black Magic someu thinks that

he could have gotten better loot if he had allowed the orc Lord to cast the black magic just like the legendary item he got from orc Shaman in the College gym but stopping the magic was more important or more people would have lost their lives during night they make an assessment that only 492 people survived the last battle that's only third of players they started the battle with and the players are a bit concerned the prosecutor comes Up and he informs them that they have lost a lot of good men but the ones who survived

have become stronger he further informs them that events like this will continue to occur so they must use this incident as a reason to get stronger someu thinks that the words of the prosecutor are a bit tough but but everything he says is true Jan reached level 15 while hanho is a bit slow so he made it up to level 12 hanho is on the 27th rank while Jun is on the seventh Rank in the Korean server hanho takes a mic and he starts complaining to the system for only awarding four or five star players

with Awakening while the players with low stars are treated like extras Su informs him that he had two chances to pick a class and it's his fault that he chose low star classes both times at the same time some Liberation Guild members who were exploring the Gimpo International Airport come out one of the players Informs them that they found a store inside the airport building but when they tried to get inside they got a system message telling them that the store cannot be approached suu becomes happy as he thinks this store must be only for

special players like him the other players with high star classes also become happy after hearing it the prosecutor tells all of the leaders to head inside and give it a try the player guides the leaders in the room with the Store there is something different about the store and even its logo is marked with cannot be used symbol anaku and gangyong Lee tried to approach the outer wall of the store but the entrance of the store is still locked and a message pops up which informs them that they need a Secret store coupon to enter

some heads up near the store wall he puts his hand on the wall and the notification pops up which asks him if he wants to use the Secret store coupon this is the Secret coupon s got after his first Awakening and it was only limited to 50 people around the world and it looks like the prosecutor got awakened pretty late so maybe that's why he didn't get any secret coupon the other leaders are a bit pissed because suu is the one who always gets special treatment by the system Sonu heads inside the room and there's

a chair with a screen in front of it the system asks suu to sit down and so sits on the chair a system Message pops up which informs him that five carefully selected items will be sequentially revealed to him he needs to speak up if there is an item he wishes to purchase suu will have 10 seconds to to make his decision and an item which already passed through cannot be purchased Sun tells the system store that he is ready a bright light appears on the screen and the system message informs him that it's going

to reveal the first item the first item is a Consumable blueprint and it looks like a Mech unit this special rank item is called golum design blueprint the player can learn Golem production skill after using this item the owner of the skill can make large sized Golems using the materials around him and it requires 1 million gold to acquire this blueprint a 10-second system timer starts and suu starts flaring up after hearing he can make big Gollum Mech units like Gundam with his skill suu has a total of 10,500 Th000 gold so he buys the

goem blueprint item without any second thoughts the second item is a set of cure all elixir all status ailments can be cured after using it and it requires 2 million gold to purchase it this item was also included in the reward Choice during the hidden stage but he had no no idea that it was so expensive back then suu passes on this item because he is a necromancer and he has immunity to most effects the third item is a skill rank increasing Medicine pill the rank of one of the skills can be increased by one

after using it and it costs 3 million gold s ignores this item as well and he realized that the cost of each item is increasing by a million gold the fourth item is a legendary rank Shadow King's bracelet it increases different stats of its wearer by three and the user can teleport to a shadow within a radius of 100 m it has a 10minute cool down and it costs 4 million gold suu buys the shadow King's bracelet without any second thought the Synergy effect of this bracelet is quite good and he needs it to complete

the Shadows King air quest a notification pops up which tells him that he needs one more Shadow King Relic to complete the quest the screen starts revealing the fifth item and sunu is quite excited to see it a special rank consumable scroll appears this item is called Resurrection scroll and its user can be resurrected at the Designated location after death this scroll requires 5 million gold Resurrection is an exclusive feature for The Necromancer class this same feature allowed him to deal with the wandering Drake and finish his first Awakening Quest Resurrection cool down can take

up to 31 days but it is still an overpowered skill there are three drawbacks of this skill first the cool down of this skill is too long suu has already used the skill and he's still Waiting for the countdown to be over and if he dies in that time it will be over for him second drawback is that the situation can't be changed even after being resurrected and the enemy who killed him once must be overpowered enough to kill him twice third drawback is that it's a skill suu can only use on himself and if

hanho or J Yun die he can't do anything besides the fact that they are both his close friends they are the only two people he can completely Trust they need to get strong and take risks the resurrection scroll will be a huge advantage to them so suu buys it before the timer can run out suu buyed everything he needed and the store starts sending him back after the war with the Orcs ended the prosecutor established capital's City player Union The Liberation Guild and the players from suu's town kept grinding levels at the same time suu

and his party are enjoying their vacation sun is gathering Information because the fights they are going to have in the future will be more difficult the Griffin Rider approaches them and she informs them that the Pirates have already appeared ji signs as their short break is already over suu informs prosecutor about it and he asks suu how he is going to deal with the Pirates suu informs him that it will be best to take care of them in the ocean before they can make their Landing hanho says that the Pirates would not have Invaded them

for the second time if they had a working brain Jian says that they must be careful because the Pirates will try to approach them differently because they already know know about suang Wu if those pirates are aiming for Korea then they must have gathered as much information as they can from live streams or by kidnapping other players Jun asks suu if he has already thought about how he is going to deal with the Pirates suu has not thought of a plan Yet but he still says he has a plan these Pirates are a group of

plunderers who were chased out of the Chinese Mainland they called themselves Lord general of Heaven Lord general of Earth and Lord general of people how tells them that he has already heard these names in Chinese games and they refer to the yellow turban Rebellion after investigating the underlings of the Pirates Sun Wu found out that they were all brainwashed and they acted like Fanatics toward their boss gcn tells them that the yellow turban rebellion was also a historical event where the leader LED Fanatics to take over the world and this situation seems familiar someu heard

some Pirates talking about a poisonous centipede wine which probably is the Catalyst used for the brainwashing the prosecutor says that their leader seems dangerous and he must be dealt with first if they somehow lose him he can come back with more soldiers Using his brainwashing skills suu says that they should start heading towards kyodong Island first and this time Jon and hanho will be taging along with him suu summons his wyverns for the flight but hanho says that he prefers the safety of a chopper and the girl assures him that her flying Hawk is quite

safe so he should travel with her gcn says riding wyvern is fun too but hanho replies by saying that it's fun for her because she is in physical education Department as suu is about to leave the prosecutor tells him that he will leave the Pirates to him suu says that there is no need to worry about the Pirates but they don't know what the evolution Society might do in his absence so they must prepare well for any kind of attack the prosecutor gets Furious and he informs suu that they will be investing as much Manpower

as they can to prepare for the evolution Society during night time suu and his party arrive at Kong Island suu asks a fisherman if he is sure he saw the pirate ships the fisherman says that he is sure he saw ships belonging to the Pirates the daughter of the fisherman asks him again if he is sure and the fisherman replies by saying that her uncle who was the previous leader was eaten by one of their monster birds so he is quite sure about it this guy is called lie muon and he's the new leader of

kyodong Island their resentment against the Pirates was So great that they gave up hunting monsters and started to work as Coastal Guard s Li muon says that it's been about 12 hours since they circled the island then they went over to the shore of Ganga Island sua says that this makes it clear that the Pirates have not given up on the Korean Peninsula DN says that they cannot rule out the possibility that they will land in other locations plus they can land on the southern part of the peninsula and then move up Hano Says that

this can be better for them because Ward monsters still exist in other areas except for the capital city the players have already evacuated upward and the Pirates will be cleaning up the monsters for them Su says they are wrong and the Pirates will come straight this way the idea of taking over another server isn't something you can accomplish with the usual confidence or momentum the leader of those pirates only has his eyes on taking over the Capital city which is the core of their server suu asks lie muon if they are thinking of staying on

the island even with the Pirates coming back Li muan says that they have suffered once due to to those pirates but they will not suffer again and this time they're going to pay back the Pirates jiu Yun says that they should get ready in that case suu thinks that they must prepare thoroughly because the advanced Fleet of pirates was wiped out and this time Maybe the main Fleet will arrive suu's party has a lot of gold so they ask lie muon about the location of a store or a blacksmith shop because they want to buy

some equipment lion tells them that there's a Smithy in downtown where they can strengthen their equipment at the same time a fisherman runs toward liuon the fisherman informs them that the Pirates have already swarmed together they are gathering on an island across the sea where they are preparing to Attack them liuan informed suu that it happened too fast and they are not ready yet suu is thinking that the Pirates are acting weird and they should have landed somewhere Inland instead of a separate Island suu thinks that maybe the pirat haven't learned anything about him yet

or they are looking down on him during night time a ship is moving through the ocean a player with a mic says that he will now inform all of them what they are about to do the player says that They belong to the Lord general of Earth's Fleet they are currently in the middle of the ocean right now he tells the men to be on guard because the ocean is filled with terrible monsters after Crossing this hellish ocean they will be landing on the Korean peninsula in order to occupy that land the people from the

Chinese second server are calling them cowards because they ran away from there without a proper fight but once they return to the Chinese Server after conquering Korea they will take care of all of them the player with the mic says that the wish of their Lord of Heaven will be fulfilled in Korea but Korea has an evil villain called The Necromancer who killed their Advanced Team without showing any sort of Mercy however the same thing is not going to happen for the second time because their great Fleet will be Conquering the land of Korea the

Pirates become inspired and they start cheering for the Lord of Heaven their lord general of people along with his Advanced party were annihilated by S Wu but that advanced party was quite small and they don't need to be afraid of anyone with their main Fleet the player badmouths the spiritualist leeway and he tells her to not let her victory of the second Chinese server get to her head they will be going back to Manchuria after taking over Korea and he challenges leeway to come at Manchuria after taking over the First Chinese server so they can

Juke it out again he further says that they will let the entire continent know by broadcasting themselves while killing The Necromancer so they can prove to everyone that the Red Revolution Army are not a bunch of pushovers but after a while his expression changes because most of their ships have caught fire and they are sinking in the ocean they are being bombed from the skies and these birds actually belong to their lord General of people a huge flying monster is approaching their location and on closer inspection it turns out to be some woo riding on

it all of a sudden some birds die after getting pierced by a blue ray it turns out to be X Who belongs to a cannon shooter plus Ice Wizard classes he's also their lord general of Earth and his men start cheering for him but no matter how many birds he blast off they keep coming back to life xuan orders the magic Squad to Create a shield and step back the magic Squad successfully creates a large link shield around their ships but for some reason Sonu is laughing instead of getting demotivated sunu Retreats Back to the

Island along with all of his monster Birds the men under the Lord general of Earth become believed xuan comes to the announcer Quan and he says that they have suffered a lot of casualties in such a short span of time he is Amazed by the capabilities of The Necromancer as he can explode corpses and he can control the monster Birds which once belonged to their great general of people xishan is a cunning and calculative guy he thinks they did a good job of putting the ships of their subordinates first or the damages would have been

massive the announcer informs him that their casualty count is too high because they have lost eight ships and over a hundred people died in the last attack jiuan calls him by his name Kuan and he informs Kuan that it's no big deal because things like humans can always be replaced easily the men under him get a bit afraid after hearing it xishan further says that it is troubling that they broadcasted everything here instead of editing the images but it is necessary to spread glorious rumors far and wide in order for their lord general of Heaven

to be able to return to the mainland Lee way left a sarcastic comment about their en after they got Beaten up by S Wu Kuan says that they should just show them their prowess by making a comeback xuan compliments Kuan as he tells them that they will restart their streaming after cutting off the head of the Necromancer xuan calls hu to come forward xuan orders him to prepare a miname Hu needs to infiltrate the gangu island to register a miname in order to kill the Necromancer xuan asks him if he's confident enough to infiltrate the

island and H says that it Is easy for a seafire like him he further informs jesuan that even if the necromantic can keep his eye on the skies he still cannot catch them under the sea the players of the island are gathered on the shore sunu arrives there and everyone congratulates him for roughing up the Pirates sunu is thinking that it is not the time to celebrate such a small victory because the Pirates are a bigger group than what he expected just the advanced Fleet of their lord General of Earth consists of more than a

th000 people and their main Fleet will be around 3,000 while there are only 800 people on his side who came to help them after the war with the Orcs ended s Wu can't even fathom the number of players their main Fleet consists of plus China is a big country so a lot of people died there when the game started but a lot of people also survived because of their great numbers Li muan informed son Wu that they have finished preparing the Transport to ganga Island while he was busy with the pirates with that said they

start moving toward the ganga Island to stop the advance of those pirates the next morning suu is patrolling the skies for any hostile activity there are about 258 survivors from the guodong island but only 100 of them can fight this is because most of them died during the first Pirate Invasion and in times of an allout War the numbers really matter suu tells lie Muan to get as many people as he can to be asside as Lookouts suu further informs him that the enemy could attack them just like how he attacked them recently plus he

can fight on his own but it requires numbers to have Lookouts Li muan informs s Wu that Kanga island is quite big but his underling suggest that they should use everyone besides the kids suu says that it will be impossible to block them but they need to know when the fleet approaches the Island as soon as possible the kids are motivated to protect their Island as well and some of them say they can fight too because they are on level three and they have lynched some goblins by themselves in the past but hanho tells them

that they are too young for it the Griffin writer informs Sun Wu that they are the family members of the people killed by the Pirates those children saw their parents being murdered in front of them so that that's why they are in an Uproar right now gcn says that he can understand their emotions but if a point comes where children have to fight then that means they have already lost the fight suu inquires about the location of the blacksmith shops from the Griffin Rider suu summons his orc skeleton carrying items from the abyss as he

needs to get ready for the upcoming Invasion after some time the squad of H arrives on the shore of Ganga Island the arva leaved after finally arriving Safely at their destination H orders everyone to gather up as they will be entering the Forest after wearing their camouflage cloaks after wearing the cloaks they start heading toward the forest sometime later they arrive at the location where they need to install something one of his men asks him if they are really going to use that item in here because it seems like a waste to him who informs

them that other islands of the Mainland used items two ranks Higher than this one their enemies had larger numbers but they were crushed after losing to this game this item is a special mid-rank miname generator after planting this flag the aial will be designated as a miname area causing a total of three plots to be formed as occupied territories different Buffs will be granted each time a territories taken over once they captured all territories they will be tilted as the territory Lord and a large buff will be Granted to them H tells them that he

also thinks that there is no need to use this item in here because it can be used to give them an advantage while dealing with a larger group but it looks the general of Earth is making sure they don't lose to the Necromancer this time H plants the flag and he yells the game won't now begin the system scans the area of the Korean server and the game will take place at ganga island in the Korean server everyone gets a Notification that a miname has been activated in their area three random areas will be designated

as a b and c territories a large buff will be granted to the one who controls all territories plus the event will be destroyed within 15 minutes sunu and his party becomes shocked after hearing about the details of this event Li muon calls the walkie-talkie of the Griffin Rider to inform s Wu that they have spotted pirate ship he further states that it's A container ship and they are quickly approaching the south side of the island someu is thinking that something is fishy because the Pirates are approaching them as soon as the mini game started

like they were just waiting for this moment the Griffin Rider receives another report from the lookout that some pirate ships are preparing to land in the west side of the island now sonan is completely sure that this was all pre-planned by the Pirates suddenly They receive a system message that territory C is being designated near them the teammate of s are a bit confused as to what they should do in this situation s Wu is not sure what is going on but he tells them that the key to winning this is to control all three

territories that's why their parents are trying to push through with their numbers GC asks soan as to what they should do and soan says that he needs some time to gather his thoughts because He's not that much good at games hanho starts laughing as he tells them that they don't need to worry about anything they can simply win this game with the help of a Pro Gamer like him we are given a little bit of an over overview of the Feats of hanho people say that he picked the onear cards because they had girl figures

on them they also believe that he was the worst character because of his wrong choices during the early part of the game suu is skeptical about His ability after taking in account the recent decisions of hanho he seems like a noob Hano shouts at suu and he says how can a guy who has never spent a night at the internet cafe because he had no friends judge him these words hit suu at heart and the others try to cheer him up hanho explains that he was bad at cards and gotcha games that's why he made

poor choices at the start but he is quite good at games like these sunun knows that the attendant of hanho at the College campus was lower than his attendance at the internet cafe so he asks him what they can do in order to win this game after some time suu and gun are flying through the island with their wyverns they spot B territory flag which is the midpoint between the other two occupied territories of gangu Island Hano is the one who told them that they have better Mobility than the Pirates because of wyvern so they

should start by taking over the closest base normally In a game there would be monsters around the base but they don't see any monsters around the B territory a system notification pops up which says they have started capturing a territory and it cannot be paused in the middle another notification pops up which tells them that 100 seconds are left until the territory becomes captured all summon units will be unable to move and they can't attack anyone during this time hanho even predicted that they will need To capture the flag by either solving a puzzle or

through holding the point for a certain period of time suu thinks Hano is quite good at these games gcn gets ready as suu can't move until the timer is up and there is a high possibility that they can be ambushed after some time Jia notices some movement around them Hano already told them that the Pirates have a larger number so they will try to capture all three bases at once some Pirates appear near the B Territory and they came here after using a teleportation item 71 seconds are left until the territory is captured the Pirates

start rushing toward both of them after spotting as they know if the timer is up cannot hold their ground against Z Wu Jun gets ready to take them all on by herself Jun rushes toward them as she needs to hold them back for as long as possible gun slashes two of them in one strike and she receives 10,000 gold for each of them GC Yun keeps on Rampaging through the Pirates as they try to swarm her from all sides no matter how hard the Pirates try they cannot stop her Advance even with their numbers the

Pirates on the back think that she is a monster and another pirate suggests that they should first deal with the Necromancer so some Pirates Rush towards s Wu while the rest of them try to hold jiu back the Pirates are almost close to S Wu but Jun activates tracking footprint skill on time it is a Skill which uses heightened senses to grasp the movement of the opponent it allows the user to be able to reach the opponent location in an instant it can be activated as long as the user knows about the enemy movement as

they are about to attack s Wu Jun appears behind them and she butchers them with ease the remaining parrots start gathering together so they can take her on at once with that said all of them start leaping toward her in unison meanwhile on the Other side of the island Kuan reports to xuan that their preparation for the battle are complete xuan tells them that they will be heading towards base a Which is closest to them xuan is thinking that he has a lot of soldiers under his command the basics of war strategy is to always

maintain a stronger and larger number of troops than the opponent he might have become only a cannon shooter in this apocalyptic world but this land Monopoly Game is what he is most confident in since his dream when he was was younger was to become a pro baduk player he wanted to be someone who can move and monopolize the wooden game board using the game pieces but when he grew up he realized the path to becoming a protic player was long and difficult so the end of the world was a new chance for him who had

given up on life since their lord general of Heaven is an amazing person he has no time to focus on the Small things that's why he is the one who is moving the main Army in his place he says it's a shame for the player of this small country to face him after barely struggling to survive against the the monsters all of a sudden a notification pops up which tells them that the point B has been taken over by the enemy so Buffs have been granted to their enemy and they cannot recapture the territory for

5 minutes another notification pops up which informs them That the defense of their enemies has increased by 30% and their stamina stat has been increased by 5% Kuan becomes startled as the point B was taken so quickly and xuan tells him to not worry because he already predicted that they will lose at least one point to the enemy he further said says that this is as far as those Koreans who don't have a lot of soldiers can get with the luck but he gets interrupted by another notification which informs them that Point a has been

taken over by their enemy as well now Koreans have four Buffs in total with a 20% increase in attack and additional 5% increase in strength stats zishan becomes pissed as he inquires about what is going on and how they lost two points so fast but Kuan tells him he also has no idea how they lost two points so quickly xuan is really angry as he's wondering whether the Koreans already knew about the rules of this game but there is no way it is Possible because that item was a reward they got after completing a special

Quest Kuan says that they don't have time to be thinking like this and xuan says he is right because they have a large advantage in numbers xuan orders them to use a detached Squad to aim for another base while they recapture the nearest base a and they will March toward base C after that without wasting any time all of them start rushing toward base a Kuan orders everyone to Stop as they spot something unusual there are a lot of monsters dead bodies piled upon each other on their way jishua knows these bodies can explode as

they can be a trap set up by the Necromancer jesuan orders his men to not take any risks and move around the dead bodies but they come to a stop after witnessing more dead bodies on other paths as well xishan is bursting with anger as things are getting out of hand he orders the Mages to burn the dead Bodies with their Fire magic explosion starts bursting throughout the jungles on ganga Island as the Pirates are trying to move aggressively toward their target the Griffin Rider is worried because the Pirates will start heading toward them once

their dead bodies are destroyed and hanho tells her to not worry because he already expected this to happen hanho used those dead bodies like an observational Tower even without a magic drone they will know the Location of the Pirates throughout the exploding sounds it's an obvious trick but it will work as the Pirates have no choice but to destroy the dead bodies because they have fear of corpse explosion and in the process of doing so they will waste a lot of Mana if things don't work while piling up the monster corpses then they can just

give up the base and run away the Griffin Rider says that they will not be able to win the game if they lose all bases and Hano Signs after saying that she's a noob that's why she can't understand these things hanho is sparkling with confidence and he says this kind of game is played not to win but to piss off the opponents he points toward the jungle and he says that they have a lot of soldiers anyway even if they lose one or two bases they just need to keep the balance without having any losses

on their side he further elaborates that the rest will depend on hanho and Jun Who are their main strength in this fight while he is the brain after a lot of struggle they barely managed to arrive at the base a they see hanho standing near the point a and one of them informs others that he is the party member of The Necromancer hanho congratulates all of them for the hard work they did in order to get there he then starts mocking them by saying that they wasted their resources in burning all of those monster dead

bodies as they Didn't knew that suu was not even here in the first place Hano is trying to mentally break them down with his words as the more emotional they get the more worse it will be for them xuan screams at HHO as to how dare he try to compare with his intelligence and he calls Hano a Hano says that jesuan is pissed because he can't do anything to this as most of his time is spent in burning those corpses xuan screams back at him by saying that how dared he talk To his Elders like

this and he further questions the eets of the East Asian countries jiuan orders his men to kill hanho and hanho starts retreating from the point a jiuan is pissed because he could not get his hands on the hanho but they still got a base from the enemy he asks the other team about how much time they are going to take in order to capture the SE base H informs him that he is at the sea base but the Necromancer is there as well so he will Contact him again after dealing with him hu is quite

confident in taking down suu as he's busy capturing the flag and his units are standing still hu and his team members start rushing towards suu at full speed so they can take care of him before he can completely occupy the seat base meanwhile suu is thinking this Chinese party consists of only idiots because suu is just holding a fake flag and they would have gotten a notification that someone is capturing The C base if it was a real one on the other side hu is quite happy because he will get a big promotion and a

word of appreciation from the Lord general of heaven after this all of a sudden all of them receive a message that seabase is still un occupied suu starts smirking as he knows it's already too late for them and they have fall fallen in his trap the Pirates shout at each other to retreat but it's too late for them as the Summons of suu have already started To grind them to Pieces sunu is hesitant to compliment hanho because he will get cocky after hearing it but this strategy to use a fake flag was also suggested by

him he also suggested another strategy to capture the flag while hiding under the ground H gets surrounded from all sides with the Summons of suu and he orders them to kill all of them so he can easily Capture the Flag without any worry who in despair uses a lot of summoning circles some sea monsters Along with a lot of water come out of the circles and the area around them gets flooded in an instant the whole area became covered in seawat giving suu and his minions no chance to escape after some time the water starts

disappearing and the sea monsters can't survive without water for long H and his team members survived the flood by using masks to breathe under the water and they are thinking that they got the Necromancer for good this time H says That it will take some time for the SE creatures to completely die out but they should have destroyed the minions and The Necromancer in this time ha and his team members have a rank two Synergy called The Marine boys it's a defensive Synergy which requires the team to wear 20 or more swimsuit type armors it

increases underwater Endurance by 10% and it allows the party members to move freely underwater or on wet land H orders his men to find the dead body of Necromancer and if he is alive then he must be barely hanging on to his life and they can finish him off with ease suu is flying right above them and he tells them that they have no need to find him the seafires become alerted as they were not expecting this outcome Sun Wu made it out safely because of instant teleportation scale of his shadow King's bracelet and his

wyvern was on standby near them this bracelet is a legendary item and it increases strength stamina And dexterity by three points it can teleport the user to a nearby Shadow within a radius of 100 m after infusing it with magic H orders his men to attack suu as most of his minions are already dead and The Necromancer without his minions is quite useless plus they can move freely on this wet ground they start throwing javelins at suu and his wyvern sunu is getting pumped up and he creates a lot of bone Spears he throws the

bone Spears at the monster fishes Down below after killing them suu turns them all into his minions suu is thinking that these skeleton fishes are the best monsters on Wetland and they cannot die due to less water because they only consist of Bones the fishes start gulping the seafires and Hui tells suu to face them by himself like a man hu spots a magic drone of Kuan flying over s Wu H contacts jishan to request backup jishan tells him that it's a shame because his team's contribution to Their cause was great after they were pushed

out of the Mainland xuan further says that they will create a new team after this to replace way and he says that his final moments will be of great help to them for analyzing the power of the Necromancer hu keeps begging for help but xuan is a lunatic and he cuts off their connection xuan was able ble to learn more about the Necromancer in detail through this encounter the death of his subordinates is a big loss but he Still benefited from this by learning that the Necromancer can refill his ranks very easily they will hold

off on overtaking base C where Necromancer is right now in the meantime they will prepare a thorough defense line at base a then Attack Base C after passing through base B plus a part of their army is already attacking base B they don't need to worry about the corpse explosion as Necromancer is at base C and they will take care of hanho and the Korean play who are occupying base B Zan contacts the team assigned on capturing the base B for the report the team leader informed Zan that there are monsters in base B and

he's looking quite terrified the two monsters he's referring to turns out to be hanho and J Yun who are rampaging through their ranks he makes his last report to the Lord general of Earth as hanho of the North Star approaches him ZN gets angry after suffering another loss and he Flips the table with the laptop Xian still can't believe he just lost another major battle as thinks his strategy was foolproof Kuan is quite worried and he asks him what is going to happen to them and jiuan orders all soldiers to retreat so they can reorganize

their plan meanwhile on the other side gcn and hanho just finish off the last pirate on base B the Griffin Rider and the Islanders are quite happy as both of them have finished a whole Squadron of Pirates by themselves without suffering any casualty the Griffin writer says that Hano is quite strong unlike the rumors which say that he uses the Necromancer to climb the ranks and Hano becomes more cocky as his pride pierces through the roof after hearing it Hano asks her about who is spreading these rumors that he is carried by The Necromancer and

the Griffin writer says she has no idea about it gcn asks hanho about what they should do next or they Should just use the same strategy again and again to lower the numbers of pirates hanho tells her that same strategy will not work every single time and they should just wrap things up he further tells her that stalling for time is good for a game but when people don't see results quickly they start getting lame but that's not the type of game they are playing right here the parrot can have items that can change the

whole situation in an instant and there are Way too many variables which is why they need to finish this whole ordeal before the Pirates can come up with a new counter everything hanho just said was transmission to S Wu on the walkie-talkie and he asked s Wu if there are any questions sunu says there are no questions as everything hanho just said makes complete sense in this situation tells s Wu to make this a sure win by wiping them out with his overwhelming power the magical drone is still Following s Wu Kuan who is using

the Drone informs xuen that the Necromancer is flying toward their current location xn says The Necromancer must have gone insane because he has an army but it's nothing compared to their numbers the other drone users inform jesuan that it's not only the Necromancer as the other Korean players who are at base B are heading their way as well no matter how much xuan thinks about it he cannot understand why the Korean players just Abandon their base because they can occupy them easily by sending a Detachment even if the Koreans are stronger they still cannot win

against the Pirates after getting their Buffs stolen and he is thinking maybe the Necromancer is on number two in the Korean ranks is their strategist he orders his men to play their magic drone transmission live in TV in front of him he's thinking maybe the Korean players just got lucky up to this point because They are now making irrational decisions he sent some men to capture a base but there are still some skeletons protecting That Base his men reports back that they are being attacked by giant skeletons and they are being overpowered by them zishan

is thinking that the summoned creatures will disappear or they won't be able to move once their distance from their Summoner increases and he's thinking to wait a little bit more so the distance between The Necromancer and his minions can increase plus they have a lot more teleport Scrolls left and he keeps on teleporting more men to Bay SE after some time the Pirates become alerted after watching something it turns out to be a big Mech unit and the pirate complained that the Necromancer is cheating in a fantasy setting s Wu named this unit the legendary

hero necrogen the Pirates never heard about anything like that before and an U pirate tells Them that they are up against a legendary hero which makes them the evil group one of the pirat informs other that this one is not a Gold Mech unit it looks similar in appearance but it's made from mud they start attacking it after saying that it's not a legendary hero Golems can move on its own and follow the order it had previously received despite being far from its creator the Pirates are quite happy because the gollem is breaking down Quite

easily but all of a sudden a pirate gets caught by it and yell out that the Golem is healing the pirate yells out that the legendary hero has caught a hostage the mech unit talks and it tells them that there is no need for this machine with overwhelming specs to hold inferior organisms hostage he informs them that his mission is to protect Bay SE and for the sake of his mission he must get rid of all inferior organisms necro gen shoots out a big Energy wave using a lot of Mana which blasts away most of

the Pirates the only flaw of this Mech unit is that it needs a lot of Mana but sunu can never run out of Mana in the battlefield so he is almost Unstoppable sunu has his legendary chaos Crystal which gives the bearer chaos attribute causing their Mana to increase by 500 and it restores Mana by 250% it steals mana and health while attacking by 3% making this item the Best fit for a mage type player xishan who is watching all of it through the magical drone can't believe that his troops are getting slapped quite hard by

The Necromancer zishan is thinking that all of the information that they have gathered isn't right at all he is thinking that maybe someone spread false information about him all over Korea to make him look like weak he promised his Lord general of Heaven that he will be victorious in here but everything is Gone wrong the Giants are ripping through the ranks of pirates and the pirate unit leader orders his men to prepare ice magic the ice Mages freeze their limbs with their ice spells death knight and righty jump over their location as it's time for

them to get their hands dirty after landing they start ripping the pirats to shreds xishan orders his men to Target The Necromancer because all of his minions will die automatically after his death The Pirates are wearing the same uniform for a reason as it gives them a defensive Synergy which increases all of their stats by two the Pirates are thinking that with all of their stat bonuses they will be able to get rid of The Necromancer some of them spot the Necromancer and they tell their fellow members to attack him in unison they start rushing

toward him in unison as they think they can overwhelm sunu with their numbers but sunu easily slashes Through most of them with his Grim Reaper scthe the whole area becomes red with the blood of the Pirates who attacked him head on Sonu informs them that he is weaker compared to most of his minions but in his Grim Reaper mode he is completely Unstoppable in Green Reaper mode suu can utilize the power of a Lynch which increases maximum number of his minions by 50 and it increases all of his stats by 10 he can also regenerate

nearby destroyed Undead as Many times as the maximum number of units in his party suu is not much suited for using the Scythe as a weapon but it increases his stats by 10 which is a huge boost xuan who is watching all of it live is trembling with fear Jun asks Kuan if he's streaming everything live and Kuan informs him that he is streaming everything that is being broadcasted on his laptop screen xwin yells at him Toop stop the live stream as he is advertising their revolutionary Army getting wrecked by a single person he tells

Kuan to change the channel to base B and their drones start heading toward base B to record what's going on there he further tells Kuan that they need to shoot some scenes to boost the morale of their soldiers he sent herang to recapture the base B herang wasn't as active as hu when it came to the pirate activities but it's a different story for battles like these the Drone shows them the live footage of Base B and it Looks like it's being protected by a single woman Kuan is doing live commentary for the stream to

boost the morale of their soldiers he informs others that herang is a strong man known as the black master so it's going to be a one-sided fight there are currently 100,000 Chinese people watching this stream so he needs to highlight the most famous scenes from this stream when he Zooms in a little bit more he finds out that all of their men have already Fallen in battle and the dead body of Aang is lying there as well all of a sudden Jen senses the presence of a drone and she cuts it into two pieces with

a single slash attack xuan orders them to quickly stop the stream as it will only make their soldiers to lose morale at the same time the Pirates on Bay SE are barely holding on they are thinking they will soon receive the buff from base B Because herang went there to recapture it one of the Pirates Who was Watching the stream during the fight and forms other Pirates at Bay SE that their strongest fighter heang just died the soldiers are losing their morale at a faster rate and this whole game was set up by them in

the first place but they are losing it badly xuan can't take it anymore and he starts heading toward the Necromancer by himself he starts blasting away all minions on his way with the help of his ice Cannon he is challenging sunu to come out to face him Like a man after getting rid of some minions he spots sunu in the distance he starts preparing to shoot sunu without wasting any more of his time finally he shoots the cannon which directly hits s Wu but after some time they find out that he blocked the ice cannon

with a bone Shield but jwin can feel like it was not completely blocked as he can hear a squeaking sound coming from his body zishan keeps on bombarding him with ice cannon shots to turn him into an ice Sculpture hanho appears from behind a bush and he starts mocking zishan Zan bursts with anger as he thinks this Hano is responsible for causing his military power to falter from the beginning he diver his attacks toward hanho but hanho easily Dodges them without paying much attention to them the protection of suu disappears from the distance and he

appears right behind JN and he tells him that he should have never turned away from his enemy me with That said suu slashes him into two with his Scythe suu informs him that it must be painful but he should smile because he's on camera right now zishan is thinking that he ordered Kuan to stop streaming but Kuan tells him that he is sorry but he had no other choice but to stream the whole thing for their lord general of Heaven who is on the walkie-talkie right now their lord general of Heaven says that it seems

Yuan has failed but gwin is still Stubborn and he says that he can still win with the remaining Soldiers the Lord general of of Heaven says that it's a shame that jesuan failed but he is satisfied with his current situation since it allowed him to learn so much about the real abilities of The Necromancer and his companions so it can also be called a again and then he repeats the same words of zishan that a chest piece like him can always be replaced suu has heard enough so he Kills all Pirates around him suu says

he is sorry to interfere in his transmission but it's time for him to finish the game he further says that if he still thinks Korea is a free Hunter pot that he can personally come over as some will always be here to greet him meanwhile on the other side of the island the Pirates are fighting against the island residents the Pirates are winning against the players due to their large numbers a pirate kicks a player With all of his Force he then gets ready to kill the player because the game gives more rewards for killing

human players instead of monsters but soon he comes to a stop after hearing a system announcement that says point a has been captured by Korean team and Buffs will be granted to them a total of eight huge Buffs are then granted to the Korean players all over the island the Korean weak player who was about to get killed grabs the hand of the pirate he is Overflowing with power and the pirate tries to beg him for his life the Korean players are overpowering the Chinese players and they seem Unstoppable meanwhile on the other side of

the island sunu has finally taken control over all three points of the island someu says that these Buffs are too much overpowered for a miname and he cannot understand why they ran away from from the mainland while they had this much of a powerful item a notification pops up Which informs them that the miname will conclude in 8 hours and suu says that 8 hours are more than enough to finish things in here in the afternoon most of the Pirates on the island have been either killed or captured by the Korean players the Korean players

are looking motivated as they landed a huge blow to the Chinese Pirates one of the Chinese Pirates is announcing on the mic that everything is over except for the few who ran towards the ships their ENT Entire fleet was annihilated suu was thinking that after watching this stream Chinese players will hesitate a bit before messing with Koreans but the chat is filled with praises of the emperor from Chinese server number one who is rumored to have controlled over 400 units in a single battle and most people say that sunu is a bit similar to their

Emperor sunu is curious to know who this Emperor is so he asks the announcer about it the announcer informs him that He is the winner of server one he is based in shangi and Beijing and he claims to be an emperor he asks the announcer why people are saying that he is like the emperor and the announcer informs him that the emperor can also summon units like him suu is thinking that most five-star classes specialize in leading groups the vampire lord used to do it by infecting players and the prosecutor does it by training other

players and the Lord general of Heaven Uses brainwashing to control players but s is a bit different from others as he summons dead bodies instead of players and people are still calling him similar to the emperor s inquires about the class of the emperor and the announcer has no idea about it it turns out the strongest players in China are doing their best to hide their powers while Sun Wu was just forced to reveal everything on these live streams at the same time hanho starts screaming with Joy as he found an item on the body

of the Lord general of Earth this item turns out to be a heroic ranked third stage Dwarven made hand Cannon it can load Bullets by just inserting 10 Mana into it since there are two hand cannons hanho gifts one to righty and ry's eyes start brimming with cuteness hanho throws the other handmade Cannon towards s Wu as he's not good with using mana and Jen is a swordsman so it's pretty useless for both of them hanho and Ry Then start Scavenging the corpses for some useful items sunu revives xuan to check if he can see

his memory fragments luckily he receives a message that he can check his memory fragments and he gets teleported into his memory space with a bright flash of light back in time the main ship of the Pirates was moving through the ocean jiuan along with his top brass was having a meeting inside a room ha says that a statue of an Angel was recently found and before It there was a devil statue found in server one Kanan gets too much excited after hearing it and he starts showering them with questions like if they have finally gotten

a hint about an absolute race he further asks them about the effects and abilities of these statues suu just remembered now that angels and Devils were a part of future updates xuan informs them that their lord general of Heaven came in contact with the Statue and it granted him a quest But he has not mentioned the details to jiuan Kuan says that he is the brain of this Rebellion so he must know something and suu is also curious to know more details about it jesuan informs them that the Lord general of Heaven said that he

will explain it in detail after they overtake soul and they should first focus on their mission jesuan informs them that after taking over the ganguwa island through the miname hu team will sneak into soul and use this scroll all Of them get shocked after hearing it as this item is the infamous Demon's door door xuan says they are right and if they use this item the Demon's door will stay open for 24 hours and all sorts of monsters will pop out of it the monsters will disappear after 24 hours but it's enough time to ravage

the entire region and if they're lucky enough they might be even able to enter Soul without suffering a single casualty it's normally an item for opening a hidden Dungeon but since its difficulty is too high they will use this legendary scroll in their strategy Kanan says that it seems like a waste to use both miname and Demon Door in the Korean server but jesuan tells him that investing this much is nothing as long as they can control Korea they can suck up all the goodies to their heart's content and he is sure that's what their

lord general of Heaven is thinking right now with that said the flashback ends and tungu Gets teleported back into the real world with a bright flash of light suu is thinking that all other memory fragments that he has viewed up until now showed him ways to solve various problems and he don't know what was the point of this memory fragment the only thing he can can do now is to find the scroll and it might be in one of their containers the Griffin writer returns back to suu after the reconnaissance she informs suu that the

Pirates are turning back toward China right now and there are still a lot of pirates left on the deck of their main Fleet someone is thinking that there are still some hours left until the miname ends and the pirate ships won't be able to leave the coast yet the Griffin Rider further informs him that there are always a few Mages on standby on Deck who are keeping the shields up and they are thinking of leaving right after the miname ends the m have casted the huge shield around their ships and It's difficult for the undead

to infiltrate because it's on water after some time some remembers that he had gotten his hands on a useful card which can come in handy in this situation after some time the night falls and the Mages are still on deck of the ship one of the Pirates says that it's too quiet and another pirate warns them to not let their guard down as their enemies will attack them right after the game ends they can escape this hellish Korean Peninsula as long as they can endure it they spot suu and minion Birds rushing toward them from

a distance this time hanho and the Griffin Rider are also present there and they seem quite offensive the Pirates on Deck start running to grab Mana potions for their Mages so they can keep their large Shield intact the pirate Captain says that the undead soldiers and the corpse explosion won't be able to affect them on top of the water the Griffin writer Says that they're trying to endure it for as long as they can and breaking the shield will waste a lot of Mana suu tells her that it will be impossible to infiltrate the ship

from the top so he needs to find out if they placed ch Shields under the water the Pirates notice that something is coming at them from under the water after coming closer to the ship the fishes jump out of the ocean all fishes have orc skeletons in their mouths which are looking like Mermaids after landing on the ship they start balloting it out against the Pirates all of a sudden a big water splash appears behind the Orcs sunu is looking quite pumped up as he already hunted a new type of monster before coming here suu

orders the monster to come out and it turns out to be a big sea serpent which is quite rare a sea serpent is an underwater monster that is at least 10 m long it took just an hour to hunt this sea serpent and it is a Young sea serpent in the first place suu was barely able to kill it while continuously Reviving his minions during the whole fight the shield of the pirate starts blinking as it is losing power over time the Pirates think that these Orcs are manageable and they can get rid of them

in a while but another figure appears on their deck this figure turns out to be J Yun who is known as Red Devil among the Chinese Pirates gun without wasting any time starts getting Rid of the Pirates the Griffin writer says that it is almost game over for the Pirates and someu tells her to head down after clearing the pirates from the ship the Korean players head over to it they start checking and unloading all containers containing good items since Pirates were thinking of making a base in Korea they brought a lot of good stuff

with them hanho comes out with a lot of extra big Chargers and he shows them to everyone these Chargers are Quite rare and they can provide Power or recharge batteries batteries hanho informed s Wu that these Chargers were stacked next to the engine room and it looks like they powered this huge ship with these Chargers he informed suu that they should head over to the Captain's Quarters as more Treasures can be hoarded in there after making their way inside the Captain's Quarters they find a locked safe s Wu bursts open the safe with his raw

power which he's getting From the three points he captured as the game is still active inside the safe he finds the item he previously saw in the memory fragment this is a special rank magic scroll called devil's door it can open a devil's door for 24 hours in short it creates a path to Devil's Lair the players can obtain extremely rare items by exploring the devil's Lair but it is not recommended to rush inside because this path goes both ways and the things inside can also come out and the Recommended level for this item is

35 someu thinks that this recommended level is too high that's why they didn't clear it themselves and plan to unleash it in the Korean server suu is thinking that if the level of danger is so high then the rewards must be good as well but he also remembers how he barely survived his last secret dungeon and he is still on level 18 sunu stores it as it is impossible to clear it right now and gun finds something else inside the safe she Finds a bank type special item called oath safe it's an item that allows

a portion of the gold earned by contracted players to be automatically deposited players can register a contract by placing their Palm on top of the safe the owner of the safe can set a collection rate and the gold that the contractor earns is automatically deposited into the safe according to the corresponding percentage its current collection rate is 80% and the number of Contracts are 56 and the gold balance is over 13 million someone is thinking that this is a crucial item to manage a group they can rent it out or sell it to their allies

as it is going to be quite pricey at the same time they get a notification that the minigame risk has came to an end with the victory of the Koreans and now rewards will be given to them all players start receiving their rewards which are quite generous suu got a total of 1.5 million gold as a reward for the Miname his level has increased up to 19 and his stats have increased at an exponential rate s Wu selects a random skill card as his level up reward s gets a basic crafting deadly poisonous Cloud skill

it requires 30 mana and it creates a cloud containing deadly poison which sprinkles toxic rain on the area for 10 minutes and its cool down is 1 hour someone is thinking that he got a good area SK that doesn't negatively affect his summons and These Foolish Pirates Prove to be a treasure Trove for them the next day everything is moved into their temporary base hanho tells them that it is time for the strongest Rogue to read comments and that is going to be the summary of today's news suu and Yun show fake excitement reactions and

Hano tells them that their reactions suck the first news is that the Metro Union is attracting a lot of attention upon hearing the news of the establishment of a union groups of survivors from around The metropolitan area are gathering one after another in yongdong po The Liberation Guild side is intentionally spreading rumors it's expected that the union will grow bigger in the future some is thinking that the players who have survived up until now are a bit more powerful and they can protect themselves the key is to see how the union will utilize these survivors

hanho tells them that the second news is regarding the Spearman kyungu secret Letter according to him the average level of the people in the town of suwan has risen up to eight even k is bragging about hitting level 11 meanwhile hanho who is at the center of all this action is working his ass off is still at level 14 suu and gun don't think he's doing much hard work and Hano reminds them that they won this recent game due to his brain Hano is thinking of himself as a role model for all onear players and

he recently learned a new Shadow Skill Hanho then moves on to the next big news which says that the Necromancer has reached level 19 which makes some Wu tied for the first place in the rankings with Han kok but then hanho says he was joking as Han Kang sok just hit Level 20 an hour ago hanho mockingly tells suu to work harder because he's letting them all down and Sonu gets ready to pop his head out of anger J Yun is wondering that s is able to deal with a lot of monsters at once because

of his minions Which exposes him to a lot of witnesses but how in the world is hanang sok able to be number one in the rankings without a single person seeing him and how he has been leveling all this time at such a faster rate some with is thinking that maybe Han kanguk is hunting more than him and maybe he's only targeting areas with a lot of monsters and a high level boss at the same time Hano notices a new sword on the waist of jiu Yun jiu informs them that she got this sword After

finishing off the strongest fighter of the Pirates it's a heroic ranked sword called gum sword it can even cut through magic this sword was created with a rare magical metal called gum and it is extremely durable Hano says that now she has three sworts she can give one to Ry but Jan is showing no signs of giving away her swords after some time the whole gangwa island is quite peaceful and there are some guards stationed outside the main building all Of a sudden they spot a helicopter heading toward their location s and his party arrive

at the Landing site minum song pops out with some Crusaders and he congratulates suu and his party for their marvelous Victory against the Pirates suu thanks him for the compliment and he asks him if there is a reason for his sudden visit and minam song informs him that something unexpected has happened it turns out out ranker number one Han Kang sok has Appeared Sonu asks him by appeared does he mean that Han Kang sok came to yongdong PO and Minas song replies with a yes he further informed s Wu that Han Kong sok requested one

thing from them he said he wanted to meet the second ranked Necromancer he further said that songu is a crucial figure to the fate of Korea he might be number one but he was too rude he said that there was nothing for him to talk with the Crusaders and he won't say a thing until the Necromancer arrives suu tells minam song to inform kok to wait a bit more s needs to stop by the blacksmith store since he hadn't enough time before the strengthen his items minam says that it is a request from the number

one ranker and it can cause some complications in the future Su tells that even if he is number one it doesn't mean they should do everything he says the union has just been established so they need some sort of focal point suu starts leaving after Giving a message for hanang sok to wait minam song is thinking that it is turning into a staring contest between the two rankers and he's feeling like a shrimp stuck in a whale fight after some time inong is looking over things at their headquarters a messenger comes running and he informs

her that minom song just contacted them he forwarded a message from The Necromancer who told them to wait since he had business to take care of mina song sent him on this Mission since she was annoyed seeing him play around so much but he couldn't accomplish such a simple task the messenger tells her to relax as minam song is a nice guy and he will convince the NEC answer somehow they get alerted after hearing the voice of the prosecutor who tells them that they have no choice but to wait the prosecutor is getting more agitated

as Han Kang Sak was someone who was always above him even before suu surpassed him and he is A person who he always wanted to meet once but now he cannot even meet him because he keeps getting a notification that an unknown energy is encroaching the area this unknown energy is being emitted by Han Kang sok who is waiting patiently for the arrival of The Necromancer after some time time a helicopter flies over the vicinity of Yong dongpo new recruits of Metro Union are excited to see The Necromancer who is known as the number one

problem Solver all around Korea after the helicopter lands sunu comes out with his minions and his party members and it looks like he just upgraded his equipment to the next level the new players around the helipad are quite impressed after watching the second ranker with their own eyes hansoku says that songu somehow feels different after he dealt with the Pirates and gangan Lee is jealous of s's new higher ranked items sunu is carrying the newly Upgraded dwarf refitted crossbow flames in his hand it's a legendary rank crossbow it increases its user dexterity by three and

it grants bonus item damage of 30% this weapon can be fired without reloading and if Mana is used as its bullets then it can shoot fire arrows for one minute sunu is wearing Shadow King's robe also known as dragon scale it's a legendary equipment which decreases magic damage by 10 % it increases fire resistance by 30% and Bonus item defense by 30% the user can hide in the shadows but his presence will be shown once he attacks or the enemy uses a detection skill suu is getting pretty intense STS from the new players as some

are jealous of him while most of them look up to him as their Hero S Wu previously strengthened the shadow King's robe with the leather he got after killing the Drake and the crossbow with the dragon's heart suu is fully prepared to meet the number one Ranker and his stats are looking pretty impressive for a level 19 character as equipment boost is helping his overall stats to rise up by a lot after the landing suu and his crew get escorted in some cars hanho says that their surroundings have changed by a lot in this short

span of time and gcn says there are a lot more defensive structures around as well as players minam song informs them that there were more than 6,000 people who came to join Them within the last few days and there are even high ranked group Representatives among them but since only the representatives came the number of their members will increase by a lot if their groups agree to join us suu is thinking that the prosecutor must be having it rough these days but once a solid foundation is set it will become a huge strength for their

Union minam song points towards something in the distance there are a lot of camps in that Direction with military personnel guarding the premises minam s and forms Wu and his party that place is called the rebuilding Alliance and they are annoying humans suu asks him if they are from military and minim replies by saying that not all of them are from military they are players from W Jong Buu and namyangju but since some of them are from military it looks like they are integrating the northern forces of gongi with military equipment it's a big Force

So they don't listen to their Union and they are messing around with psychological warfare and political maneuvering it's more like they're are here to stop the union from growing rather than coming here to cooperate with them suu asks him if they can be their nexton opponents and minsung informs him that all novels he read had destructive endings when something like this happened after a few minutes they arrive at the new Yong dung Guild office Which is looking quite marvelous they hear a lot of commotion after entering the building some guys in suit are forcing their

way inside while the Crusaders are trying to stop them and they are requesting to meet their number one ranker the Crusaders are trying to politely hold them back but they keep on forcing them one of the player and suit tells minam song that they should not be stopping players from commuting with each other the guy in suit says that This Injustice is the reason why they are asking for an equal voting body against the Union's operating cost policy so the yongo guild cannot become a dictatorship minu song tells him that they cannot do anything because

Han kok is the one who don't want to meet them the player in suit says that they are trying to monopolize the number one ranker when they already have their Necromancer and they coaxed him into fighting the Pirates suu asks him about What he's talking about and the player gets alerted after seeing s Wu In the Flesh they are a bit taken aback by this as they thought it would take him a lot more time to deal with the pirate problem suu informs them that he agreed to cooperate with the Yong Dongo Guild on his

own and no one forced him to do anything the player in suit says that suu is just misunderstanding something and someu asks him about this misunderstanding the player in suit says That he is misunderstanding the fact that he is not doing these things with his own free will he looks young that's why others can easily fool him so suu stares at him for a few seconds and he says that he will give him a piece of advice as he just gave him one suu Powers up and he tells him to speak well at every given

moment he is very wrong in thinking that his careless words will always be let go in this day and age all men ensu to become afraid after watching Sun wo's pumped up State they start leaving after saying that they are not pushovers and their leader tells Sun Wu to think carefully about what he just said to him midam song informed s Wu that this is the rebuilding Alliance he was previous ly talking about they have a leader but the union don't know about his identity and they keep making requests without offering anything in return Sun

tells them to be careful while cooperating with such groups and Mins says he is right because bastards like the evolution Society can infiltrate their ranks using such groups suu moves ahead on his own as regular members are not allowed any further when he enters a room he finds an exhausted prosecutor who tells him that he was waiting for him s says that he's not looking well and the prosecutor tells him that there is so much work to do as leading a bigger group requires a lot of attention the prosecutor says that there Is a lot

more he wants to ask him about the Chinese server but he needs to meet Han Kango first he told them that he came here because of something related to the fate of Korea and prosecutor can't really figure out who he is Han kok is something extremely different and he's not sure if they can call him a human hanok refused to talk to anyone else so the prosecutor hopes to speak with s Wu after his talk with him since that fate could be something where time Is running out they both come to a stop after a

few steps a powerful wave appears around them and they get a notification stating that an unknown energy is encroaching their area suu gets alerted as he has never heard about anything like this before Sonu asks prosecutor about it and the prosecutor says that he has no idea about it another notification pops up which says that the unknown energy is causing his body to become intimidated and all of His stats decrease by one suu can barely stand up because of the debug he just received by approaching the room of kok the prosecutor tells him that they

need to hurry up as the longer they are affected the more worse it gets and at the same time they get hit with another debuff which decreases their stats by two the prosecutor opens the door where hang resides but inside the room they can only see a faint light over the desks there is a fairy looking creature Eating sweet cakes at the moment the fairy gets alerted as she sees s Wu and the prosecutor asks her about Hong Kong Su the fairy quickly moves to a room where she forms Han Kong Sak that he has

got some guests the door of the room opens up and they get hit by another debuff which decreases their stats by four finally Han Kong sock makes his appearance with the fairy and the players get hit by another debuff which decreases their overall stats by five s Is thinking that hanang sok feels different as he has halo around him or maybe s is just seeing things hanang sok is surrounded by an unknown energy which seems completely otherworldly sunu receives another not notification which says he has spotted a godhead and he has the complete qualifications to

directly meet a godhead some receives another notification that the powers of a demigod is putting pressure on his power which in turn decreases all of his stats By seven Han Kong sok says to S Ru that it looks like he saw it he says that suu took a Peak at his identity some is thinking that it does not make sense for a first ranker to be half God in terms of the system classification he is a six-star class that exceeds even five star suu has no idea what does the system mean when it says demigod

it can simply mean that he is a demigod for real or maybe it is related to some class or it Can also have some other meaning behind it the prosecutor went out by himself as he could not stay there for long due to this effect and Han Kong sok wanted to meet suu in the first place but being with Han Kang sok is more difficult than what he expected there is an absolute sense of difference and it's hard to control the emotions as it fluctuates from Curiosity to awe Han s asks s Wu if he

want a Coke or Sprite s Wu says that he is fine with water while the fairy Says that she needs a Sprite hanang sok hands over Sprite to her and he tells her to not drink too much he further says that she might not be able to fly if she drank like last time but it is already too late as she's drinking it like it's her last drink Han Kango says that he wanted to meet suu once as he's the biggest star of Korea suu is thinking that he needs to remain focused as he needs

to find out who hanok is first of all his bracelet let and five Rings all look like high in rank even when he's not armed anyone can still guess how much good his items are and the same can be said about s Wu for his equipment Han Kang sok thanks s Wu for coming to see him even when he's so busy kok was especially moved by his actions during the yoido island raid and sha the fairy also liked that fight the most Shawn says her name sucks as kok has the worst naming sense but she

agrees with him saying that Yoo Island fight was Really awesome sha asks if suu can let her ride that bone Drake later and Sonu asks kok if sha is an item kok says that he is correct as Sha is an item but Sean gets angry after they call her a mere item Kango asks s Wu if he has ever played tamaguchi before its happiness level goes up if he feed it cake and Sprite he further says that it is the best item to prevent depression Sean angrily asks Kang sok about why he called her an

item and he will be alone All day without her kok tells her that he just said that she's good for venting depression suu asks kanguk about the thing he said that will change the fate of Korea kok applauds suu for getting straight to the point and he starts by explaining about an item he has in his possession he saw prophecy through a prophecy Crystal by chance during a hunt it was called Bad ending number 15 suu's expression changes a little bit and kok says that he must have also seen those Prophecy crystals before the bad

ending s saw were an Ascension of a lich and the emergence of a world tree hanok informs him that there are some prophecy Stones which prophecy Begins the moment a player learns about it all you have to do is to discover that Crystal and it will trigger that prophecy KSA gets to the point and informs him that he accidentally touched a prophecy Stone and activated a new prophecy and it was recommended to clear it with a party of Level 27 sunu gets shocked after knowing about this hell's door while kok tells him that level 27

is no problem for him but the main problem is the party play part kok pulls out a Crystal as it is probably faster to show him than to explain it after touching it suu receives a notification stating that he has come in contact with a prophecy Stone of Korean server bad ending suu's Vision Fades with a bright flash of light he appears inside a dark space and It feels like the whole world is enveloped Into Darkness after some time s Wu can see kok along with sha ksok finds a prophecy crystal inside the belly of

a monster he just slayed kok tries to touch the prophecy Crystal but as he was about to touch it it gets launched up into the sky the crystal splits the sky and a notification pops up saying that the hell's door first floor is opening Hell Gate opens up in two different places there are monsters Present inside the Hell's Gate who are on fire someone is wondering as to why hell's door opened up in two places that are far apart one by one powerful monsters start pouring out of the gates these monsters are mostly the fire

type and they start wrecking havoc in the nearby cities in a few minutes a whole City gets lit on fire a notification pops up which says that this is the future that will happen if he fails to stop the hell's moving armor from Hello As time passes the hell's moving armor will absorb the essence of the earth and releasee stronger Flames with that being said the prophecy ends with a bright flash of light ksok asks suu if he has seen it all and suu replies with a yes kok says that maybe this game is trying

to destroy their world he can defeat any type of monster it can throw at him but that hell's moving armor open two doors that need to be dealt within a time limit and if they can't defeat them at The same time they will just keep on resurrecting sunu is thinking that Han kanguk is a solo player and he thought that sunu will only be able to reach level 27 besides himself Han Kango further says that those two armors are heading north they are slowly getting stronger and they will arrive at yongdong Po in a few

weeks they can think of kok being the only player who can deal with them he can just leave the country as well but he's offering to Help them he will split the rewards in half with Sonu as well suu is thinking that hanang sok was the one who touched the crystal which in turn spawned those two armors but he's not thinking that he's the main cause of this it might not be his fault that the prophecy started as soon as he touched the Crystal but his way of saying that he will help is so patronizing

suu asks kok about the rewards hangok says that he thinks that an unexpected legendary item will be Given as a reward someu says then he is sure that there is going to be only one item and Kang sok agrees with him saying that only one of them will be able to take that item so he asks s Wu to play a game with them if he's confident enough to win it suu now knows well about the nature of this guy hangok is enjoying this hell wrecked world with that being said s agrees with his request

after some time right outside the Yong Dongo main building s informs their prosecutor About the things he just talked about with Han Kang sok prosecutor says that one bizarre thing is happening right after another he really wants to believe that it's all a joke Minong says it is true as the report she received from the emergency wide rage scouting team they dispatch says that a group of monsters started fires in the ptech and anang region and they are now roaming around the boss monster is an armor type monster and dozens of hellhounds are Circling around

the area the real problem is that the places they have passed through have all burned down and are left with nothing but Ashes to the extent that nothing can be reconstructed in there the prosecutor is a bit SC as something of such massive scale is coming to Yong Po and it might not be their final destination but it doesn't look like it won't avoid them on their way some is thinking that they cannot predict the hell's armor movement so Even the people of suan can be in danger after the Pirates they now need to face

the hell's armor that's why suu decided to cooperate with the number one ranker as he had no other choice suu says that he is planning on moving now because the longer they wait the stronger their enemies will get prosecutor tells him that he will help them in evacua ating the people of suan and he is thinking that it is frustrating as all he can do is work in the back like this but right Now he needs to grow strong under his shadow and send those capable to fight though things might change if they can create

the union rather than believing in the mysterious Han Kong so it's better to fully support s Wu right now after some time sunu and his party arrive at a location after following Han Kang sck hanang sok stops for a moment and asks suu if he's really going to take his friends along with him he gives an advice to s Wu to not take them along As they can die on this Quest hanho asks s Wu if it is true and suu took him along after saying they were just going out to eat lamb cutlets on

the other hand jisu Yun says she has heard enough and she knows well that there's a high possibility that they might die sometime soon but by only overcoming this ordeal they can learn to become stronger and their experience from this Quest will give them better chances of survival in the future Han Kango says then it is Fine then and they will go to aan using teleportation magic and Jan will create a teleportation point for them Jan is overjoyed and she introduced herself to suu's party and hanho greets her back but for some reason Jan looks

at hanho with suspicion then she kicks him right in the face while saying that he smells like a bloody wiggling Jean then flies up in the air to prepare her magic she makes a big teleportation circle around them and a notification pops up which Says that they will be teleported to a designated Point all of them disappear with a bright flash of light in just a few seconds they appear in Osan which was hundreds of kilometers away from their previous location s Wu and his party are amazed at the fast teleportation skill of xan suu

tells hangok that xan is a great item and kanguk replies by saying that it becomes really helpful after eating what it likes Jean gets angry at them once again After being called an item Han kanguk tells suu and his party to go ahead towards pong Tech while he will teleport to anok to handle the situation there kok hands over an earring to s W and tungu asks him about its use hanok informs him that it is another one of Zan's skill and they can communicate with each other in real time if he sticks this near

his ear Jean warns suu to not take it off or it will disappear suu equips it and he gets a notification Stating that he has been connected to the Jean communication Network Jean and kanguk teleport away after wishing best of luck to Su Wu and his party hanho Compliments kok by saying that the number one ranker really deserves his reputation and he badmouths his ill-mannered fairy he further says that his readyy is the best companion as compared to that moth suu and his party ride on bone wyverns to cover the distance at a faster Pace

Jean asks them If they can hear her and T replies with a yes Jun points out something important below a building to their left it turns out some survivors are being chased by hellhounds all of a sudden kok informs them that he forgot to inform them about something it turned out that the armor boss just summoned a fire giant it can throw a ball of fire so he tells them to be careful while flying hanho points out toward a building with a large Fireball on top of it it turns out to be the fire Giant

which hanang so just warned them about Hano is afraid as the size of this fire giant is extra large the fire giant pulls out a big chunk of the building with his bare hand he then hurls it towards suu and his party after igniting it on fire suu tells hanho to hold on tight as it is already too late to dodge the bone wyvern gets completely destroyed after getting hit with the fireball both s and Hano start falling and Hano says that this is why he hates Flying Jen and righty Rush toward them on their

wyvern to save them Gan catches suu and pulls him up while the wyvern Saves hanho by putting him in his mouth gcan informs them that it is hard to circle around and they're going to crash a few seconds later the wyvern crashes into the ground and Jun asks others if they are all right the hellhounds start dashing toward the crashed players Jian gets ready to take them all on by herself she cuts up most of them with a Single slash attack but more hellhounds Rush toward them s Wu gets rid of them by using his

Dwarven crossbow and he receives 10,550 gold for hunting a single hellhound the death knight comes forward after sensing something Death Knight says that this place is an utter chaos and he should get ready as well gon and Ry Rush toward a group of hellhounds they start getting rid of them after slashing them to tiny pieces Death Knight says gon and Ry have gotten stronger and it seems he also needs to work hard to get stronger from now on death knight uses his chains to catch the hellhounds he then slashes them all after pulling them together

sunu tells his party members that they need to get out of here because the giant will be arriving here in very soon sunu is thinking that he can't waste his awakened state in here and he has to sparingly use his summons the moment That fire giant takes a notice of them all of his mid and lower ranked skeletons will be goners and it will only make him waste his Awakening s realizes that a small alley in front of them is open he orders everyone to run toward it as fast as they can the fire giant

is standing still in his position Su is wondering about how he can get rid of it while the giant is so strong it got rid of a wyvern in a single hit but first they need to get to a safe Location so sunu summons his troll skeleton it is going to be hard to find another skeleton like this but suu still orders it to block the alley behind them the hellhounds breathe out Fireballs they start bombarding the troll with fireballs and it gets destroyed after some time suu summons two more troll skeletons and he orders

them to block the path of the hellhounds but all of a sudden suu realizes a big Fireball in front of them and he orders everyone to Stop this massive Fireball turns out to be the fire giant at the same time hanho who was previously pretending to be unconscious wakes up and he asks them if he can again go back to being unconscious suu was previously thinking of saving his strength for the hell's moving armor boss but after seeing the fire giant he is having second thoughts suu says that he has no other choice but to

take a Gamble and use it in here all of a sudden the fire giant reaches a bus And screams of survivors can be heard from a building behind it some is thinking that maybe these guys are the same players he just saved a moment ago inside the building a kid is asking his dad for help Death Knight says that he's going to save them even if suu tries to stop him looking at the burning building reminds suu about his past it reminds him of the day his parents died he was too weak back then and

he was afraid as well but the situation is completely Different right now suu screams out that he will face the fire giant by himself suu summons the Grim Reaper scythe and he gains the power of a lich for a certain duration and he orders the rest of his party members to watch his back gcn asks suu if he can really face this monster by himself as the recommended level to fight it is at 27 suu says that it is fine and he will find it out pretty soon if he can defeat it or not Sun

Wu leaves the hell hounds to GC Yun And the Death Knight as they will be able to handle them with ease some is thinking that he needs to find a different way to deal with this fire giant as he cannot damage it using normal attacks his entire body is covered with flames and the skeletons will easily melt after coming in contact with it as long as it maintains its form its head is probably its weak point but it is positioned too high for a direct attack sway is thinking that maybe he Should give his new

skill a try and he summons the deadly clouds the whole Sky gets covered with dark purple poisonous clouds Sunwood doubts the poison will work on the ball of fire but the important thing here isn't the poison but the rain drops the rain starts pouring and the giant puts his hands up to save his head from getting wet indicating that the poison rain is working on him the fire giant firmly breaks a big piece of a building he then Hurls it towards someu with full force after covering it in fire without wasting any time suu summons

his skeleton Warriors and he equips them with his Battle Gear production skill the giant rock smashes into the skeleton War's formation which ends in a big explosion the impact was so huge that even GC Yun and the Death Knight got caught up in its Aftershock some raindrops fell on the head of the fire Giant and he's showing signs of worry Some is thinking that his guess was right as the head of the fire giant is his weakness and he needs to Target it next time in a desperate attempt the fire giant tries to attack suu

with a fire Palm attack suu summons a bone shield and he tries to block the Palm attack so cannot die in a fire because his fire resistance alone is on 60% and his Dragon Hunter title along with his shadow King's robe provide many Buffs against fire type enemies the fire giant Is in extreme pain because his head is cold down from the rain and someu thinks that it is his chance to strike ogre champion who is hiding behind the fire giant rushes toward him he quickly grabs the fire giant from behind but the fire giant

is heating up again and sunu needs to do something about it suu pulls out his heroic ranked Dwarven made hand Cannon it can load bullets as well just by inserting 10 Mana in it suu starts shooting the head of the fire giant with His Dwarven hand Cannon and the giant starts screaming in pain sunu orders Ry to go on ahead as well Ry starts hitting his head while suu keeps on bombarding it with his hand Cannon some skin on the head of the fire giant breaks off revealing a fire orb behind it sunu starts running

toward the fire Giant and he tells the ogre Champion to hold on a bit longer without wasting any time suu grabs the orb from the fire Giant's head suu pulls out the fire orb with all of His Force which was results in the death of the fire Giant and he receives 2,800,000 gold for defeating it hanho comes back to his senses after finding out that s Wu defeated the fire Giant and the Death Knight asks hanho about how long is he planning on clinging to him the survivors look out from their buildings and they become

happy after finding out that the Necromancer saved them suu forgot to ask something else so he contacts Jean suu asks her about any Weakness of the fire Giant and Jean tells him that he needs to destroy the core that that's inside the head of the fire Giant and she warns suu by saying that fire giant is a tricky opponent and even Han kanguk is having trouble while dealing with it suu tells her that he already knows about this weakness and Johan asks him about how he already knew suu tells her that he already opened up

his head and pulled out a fire orb after hearing it Jean tells kanguk about this Huge problem and suu can hear her as well he's thinking that maybe she's worried about his bet with kanguk and winning it can be possible if he can continue on this pace plus he was just just able to get his hands on a premium item like this this fire orb is a heroic ranked material called life force of fire it contains a strong power of fire that does not exist in the real world and if certain conditions are met he

may be able to control this fire with Mana According to his crafting experience it should be a good material but the real problem is a tattoo that appeared on his arm its description says that it is imprinted by the Demons of Hell the Demons of this land will be able to track him and this curse will be lifted said once the boss monster hell's moving armor is defeated suu was not planning on avoiding it either and even if they can track him he can use it the other way around he can fight them at a

Location of his own choosing and tells his party that it is time to make a nice fun trap suu brings over all survivors with him and they head over to a school they make big holes in the school field and it is a good place because this place doesn't have a lot of things to burn and its wide space provides the best place to fight a Survivor informed suu that they brought over all fire extinguishers from close by buildings as he requested they are all alive thanks To suu and they were on their way to

yongdong after hearing about the union but they had no idea that hell would break loose on them suu tells them they have a higher chance of survival if they deal with these fire bastards right here rather than recklessly heading up North the Survivor further informs him that they buried the monster dead bodies all around the field as he requested and Sonu compliments them by saying that it will help him a lot during this fight Hano says that they should hide now that the traps are already ready but before he can complete his sentence he hears

a huge lightning zap sound hanho is wondering about how can the lightning occur while the sky is fully clear he asks others if they heard it as well or if he's the only one whose ears are ringing but before he can say anything else a big cloud appears out of nowhere and lightning strikes come out of it in just a few seconds the clouds start Emitting huge lightning bolts on the ground everyone becomes a bit anxious and s w knows about the place where these lightning clouds are coming from these clouds are coming from Anon

it's the place where Han kanguk went to deal with the hell's moving armor but he has no idea if this lightning is related to Kango or the boss skill they don't have much time to ponder as gcon informs them that the hell's moving armor is here Sunwood tells the survivors to get Inside the building and they start moving without wasting any time the hell's moving armor is emitting a special type of heat which can be felt from a long distance someone is thinking that this heat wave is tremendous and the air around it is completely

different from the fire giant he has no choice but to be the bait himself since he's the only one with high fire resistance everything on suu's end is ready and he shouts at hell's moving Armor and the hellhound surrounding it to come and get him hellhounds slowly start rushing toward the school grounds sunu is holding on against the Heat shock waves as he needs to get the monsters as close to him as he can all of a sudden the hellhounds come to a stop and they start smelling their surroundings and suu thinks that maybe they

can smell the dead body bodies of monsters buried in the ground in order to pull them closer s pulls up his Dwarven crossbow he then starts shooting the hellhounds to get their aggro on him the hellhounds become enraged after seeing their Brethren getting pierced by the bolts and they start rushing toward him suu says that they look pretty when they are unified like this and it's nice seeing how they don't have any patience suu orders his monster bird to carry him into the sky after getting up in the sky suu uses his corpse explosion skill

on the dead bodies of monsters buried in The ground this in turn results in some huge explosions which get rid of all hellhounds and some receives 15,000 gold per hellhound he killed suu is a bit calm now as he just got the sidekicks of the main boss now all he has to do is to focus on his main target after the boss monster gets close a notification pops up stating that the hell's moving armor has appeared the heat wave emitted by the hell's moving armor is getting fiercer by each passing second now sunin Needs to

start the second phase of his plan and he summons Golems the dead bodies of hellhounds get lifted up in the air and they start mashing together after some time the meat of the hellhounds turns into two golems and suu gets a notification that he has summoned two flesh Golems sunu then equips his minions with shields using his Battle Gear production skill s Wu receives a rank one gear Synergy called armor break this Synergy requires more than 10 units Equipped with blunt weapons and this Synergy gives various Buffs such as a stun chance of 6% and

additional damage against monsters with medium to large builds and 10% additional damage against targets wearing plained armor Sun Ru prepared this special syy in order to destroy the armor of the boss after that sunu orders his Bird monsters to charge forward and they are equipped with fire extinguishers the bird monsters throw the fire extinguishers on the hell's Moving armor this in turn lowers the temperature around the hell's moving armor by a little fraction s will use these throwing type fire extinguishers in order to lower its temperature by blocking off the oxygen but after a few

seconds the hell's moving armor summons some Fireballs he then uses the Fireballs to kill off the monster Birds summoned by sunu sunu can feel that the fire of the hell's moving armor is still quite strong so he calls out hanho to Start something hanho comes running toward the sports ground he is carrying a big water pipe and he tells other players to turn on the water valve as he's going to turn this whole place into a swimming pool Jun realizes that the water is evaporating before it even hits the ground but Hano keeps on pumping

more water as they need to lower the the temperature the evaporating water is very hot and they are barely holding on so Hano tells other players to think of This as a hot sauna suu says that now it's his turn to engage in the action so he summons righty and the Death Knight after turning his Lich mode on death knight asks suu that if they just need to break open that metal can in front of them and S Wu tells them to break it to their heart's content Sun Wu revives the dead hell hounds around

him and death knight along with righty ride on them both of them start rushing toward the hell's moving armor on their unde dead Mounts sunu uses his call of death skill to summon the zombies which in turn triggers the activation of weakened Spirit the hell's moving Armor gets really pissed after getting hit by a bunch of debuffs he then starts balading it out with righty and the Death Knight but they are too fast for him and they easily manage to dodge his attacks the fire around them is still very strong so s Wu summons his

Undead lizard men to go and spray the remaining fire Extinguishers on the hell's moving armor the hell's moving armors gets hit for the second time by a bunch of fire extinguishers this time the amount of fire extinguishers was too much and the area around the hell's moving armor slowly starts getting enveloped with gas which in turn cuts off the oxygen supply to the boss monster on the other side hanho keeps on pumping more water on the battlefield SL is not finished yet and he summons the deadly clouds right above The hell's moving armor the combination

of these small tactics is working well in suu's favor as the hell's moving armor is becoming weaker the temperature around the hell's moving armor has dropped by a lot and now it is possible B to approach him s orders the skeletons he equipped with blunt weapons to charge forward they start bonking the hell's moving armor from all directions using their blunt weapons the H's moving armor gathers up all of his remaining strength And he smacks the skeleton Soldiers with a single massive punch sunu is thinking that it dealt with the armed skeleton soldiers in just

a single blow and this boss is too dangerous to deal with physical attacks alone suu needs to pin him down so he orders his bone wyvern to smash into it the hell's moving armor smashes the bone wyvern into pieces with a single punch hanho and Jun get worried as they think that maybe Sonu got caught up in that last attack but Sonu was too Fast to get caught and he landed right behind the shoulder of the boss suu realizes that his shoulders have no fire on them and he starts smacking them with the Scythe death

knight tries to tie the hell's moving armor using his chains while righty keeps him in check suu summons troll skeletons and he orders them to push the hell's moving armor to the designated location the hell's moving armor heats up one of his hands to an extreme degree he then uses his Hands to fire an extreme level fire burst attack on the troll skeletons and the heat behind this attack was so strong that the trolls return to Eternal death and they cannot be resurrected again the fire of the hell's moving armor is getting its heat back

but suu cannot lose more of his unded soldiers as they are quite hard to gain so he orders the ogre Champion to punch him from behind hanho and the players are running out of water so hanho asks the Other players if there are any water Mages or they will have to use their piss as liquid to cool off the hell's moving armor Death Knight has taken his time to completely envelop the hell's moving armor with his chains and suu needs to make full use of this opportunity suu orders the wandering Drake to pull the chains

with all of his strength hell's moving armor falls down after tipping over the chains and suu orders the wandering Drake to drag the Boss monster to the Trap they previously set up for him after the hell's moving armor is dragged to a certain location suu orders his flesh Golems to get closer to it and they jump toward the hell's moving armor sunu tells the flesh Golems to enure it for as long as they can as he's going to use up all of his Mana in this single attack Sun Wu uses his corpse explosion skill which

explodes the flesh Golems along with a buried dead monster and this in turn Results in a huge explosion the players get down as the heat wave emitted from the explosion is too strong this final attack was too big for the hell's moving armor and he dies in that explosion sunu earns 4.5 million gold for hunting the second hell's moving armor he gets an additional B rank experience card as a reward for hunting it with a level lower than what was recommended suu gained a lot of experience from this fight and he levels up to 20

after reaching level 20 All of his stats increased by two suu gained a title called hell repeller this title granted him two dexterity plus his resistance against curses and Magic has increased by 10% suu says that it is finally done and the quest is clear but then he remembers something this Quest previously said that it can be only be completed if they killed both boss monsters within 2 hours so in order to confirm his suspicion he asks Zeon if they are done on their side Zeon informs Him that they killed their hell's moving armor about

118 seconds before him and suu becomes a bit sad as he just lost the bet after working so hard Han Kang sok will now get the legendary item suu still has no idea about the class or skills of hanang Sak and still he is number one for a reason s is thinking that there's no use of crying over spilled milk and he should move on all of a sudden suu finds an item emitted from the dead body of the Dead boss Monster after coming in contact with the item a notification pops up which informs sunu

that he has met a certain condition by gaining the hell's repeller title and he's now qualified to plant the world tree seed as the guardian he will be able to grow the world tree and it will grow by being influenced by him suu is not so sure as to what the system means by the world tree as the world tree he saw before was not a good sign and it was about to end the whole Korean Continent s Wu receives a personal Quest called guardian of death he needs to grow a Divine world tree in

Korea as a reward a personal skill and a title called owner of the world tree will be granted to him suu has stopped the invasion of demons from the other world which granted him the qualification to become the guardian if he accepts his Destiny and grow the world tree then he will be able to obtain the great power to support the world if the objective of Nourishing the world tree fails a great Calamity that cannot be turned back will befall on Earth s Wu remembers seeing the second bad ending of the world tree but that

world tree was called Fallen while this one is called a guardian this is a one in a-lifetime opportunity that is only granted to S Wu there are more powerful people like the number one ranker hanang suck but this task was only granted to him suu calms himself down as it's not like he can do this Task right now and there's no need to rush things sunin needs to reorganize some stuff he might have lost the chance to get a legendary item but it's not like he's going home empty-handed suu received a special ranked item called

Hellfire armor this armor increases defense by 50% magic resistance by 30% fire resistance by 100% and fire damage by 20% the size of this armor will automatically adjust to permanently fit the wearer thus making it untradeable Suu's level increased up to 20 so he choose corpse explosion card as his level up reward after choosing the card the rank of his skill increased for from basic to proficient now after the explosion a small amount of breath of the Abyss will be emitted which will cause an additional 30% damage sunu uses corpse explosion on a dead hell

hound nearby the results are quite nice as suu and his summons can become buffed after coming in contact with the breath of Abyss suu gained a lot after this Mission but there is a huge price he paid for this Victory he lost all of his troll skeletons which are quite hard to obtain about 30% of his skeletons died permanently during this battle but fortunately most of his special skeletons are still alive all of a sudden hanho comes running towards suu screaming out loud that they are in big trouble suu asks him what is wrong and

he asks about the guys accompanying him As they don't look like they are refugees one of the player informs suu that they are part of outer range scouting team from the union suu remembers that the union has many small teams which are used to gather information from the surrounding areas s asks him why they are here and the Scout says that they need to get out of this place as soon as possible they were sent here to scout the area and while doing their job they witnessed a huge group of We beasts coming from the

song to area around 15 minutes ago and judging from their diversity of where beasts they must be part of the evolution Society someu is thinking that maybe the evolution Society was waiting for the perfect time to eliminate him he is far away from the union and he just finished a tough fight maybe they thought this was the best time to get rid of him the Scout says that he already sent a report back to yongo station so the prosecutor And the Crusader team will be arriving here as well but the number of enemies is high

so suu must be careful before he can say anything else they observe something passing by them at a high speed which alerts them that unknown object collides with a building nearby which results in a big explosion the Scout informed s Wu that their team three and four were hiding inside those buildings which just exploded sunu is thinking that maybe they are already Under Siege as the evolution Society is here all of them start running inside a nearby building and gcn informs them that she can feel a lot of enemies around them gcn says that there

are around 300 enemies just in their vicinity and the Scout says she is correct as they previously saw that many were beasts marching toward this area suu is thinking that the number of enemies are not important in normal scenarios but if their enemies are 300 Intelligent we beasts then everyone here will be dead out of nowhere their building gets shot with another explosion shot the survivors inside the building are panicking as they don't know what their enemies are attacking them with suu knows well that the last attack was just to keep them in check they

threw that blast attack without knowing the exact location of s Wu he is wondering if they are doing this to hold s Wu from running away that explosion Just now had same power as the fireball of the fire giant the were beasts can't endlessly make these Fireballs like the fire giant but suu cannot use a wyvern in this situation this time they made thorough preparations after carefully observing the fighting pattern of s woo a Survivor tries to take a peek outside from his window but the poor guy gets shot through his neck by a sniper

JC Yun uses her area sensibility to know that the were beasts are coming closer from The front the were beasts are wearing gas masks so they cannot come in contact with a breath of Abyss the r beasts send team one and two to infiltrate the building and get rid of sun Wu they start entering the school building through some open Windows the survivors are getting anxious and Afraid as they don't know exactly what is going on the Scout asked suu about his orders but suu is trying to come up with a plan suu is thinking

that he cannot summon his huge Undead boss skeletons inside the building but that does not mean that he can just abandon the people inside and run away from here suu orders the survivors to hide inside the classrooms and protect their families and he will make sure that the were beasts cannot come any closer to them suu is a bit anxious as he is being hunted the evolution Society knows well about the exact number of summons he has and his fighting patterns all of a sudden suu Observes some trucks coming toward the school building some new

type of monsters come out of these trucks these monsters have a bizarre look they look neither like a human nor like a traditional monster they are something else suo is thinking that maybe they are the results of unethical experiments performed by the evolution Society suu orders GC and hanho to stay here and protect the survivors while he heads toward the hallway there are only 14 Minutes left until the Grim Reaper Scythe goes on the cool down all of his larger monsters are on cool down as well but fortunately he can continuously summon small skeletons while

he is in his Lich mode suu is thinking whether waiting for the Crusader team is the only thing he can do right now all of a sudden a were Beast starts shouting after he spots s Wu suu shoots two crossbow bolts at them but those bolts get deflected by some sort of Magic Shield casted around the were beasts this is not looking good in suu's favor as his enemies came fully prepared they have their gas masks on them which means that Sonu can't use his breath of Abyss skill a few we beasts come from behind

the hallway to surround suu from both sides Ry and the Death Knight get ready to engage them and they tell suu to leave his back to them somewhere beasts jump towards suu from the front as they know that he's alone right now suu PS up A little bit he then performs a big slash attack with his Scythe to cut through the first wave of were beasts suu keeps on chopping them like a grinder and he gets 25,000 gold for slaying each second rank we Beast sunu can kill the were beasts without the help of his

skeletons for now as Lich mode increases all of his stats by 10% but the main problem is on the first floor where his minions are duking it out against the new type of monsters his Skeletons are getting destroyed at a faster rate he can resurrect them for now for as many time as he wants but a new problem will occur once his Lich mode ends sunu can't go outside so carelessly as there are snipers waiting for him plus they have a weapon that can perform a Super longrange Attack and his huge skeletons will be destroyed

the moment they are summoned there are even some beastmen which are colling climing the walls s is thinking that he needs to Do something else as he cannot hold any longer desperate times call for desperate measures so s is thinking of using some riskier items like the devil's door to turn the tides of this war s Wu has two options now he can either use devil's door or the Beast syringe these are both items he has got as a loot after defeating some difficult foes but both of these items come with their side effects the

Beast syringe is an unidentifiable rank item which is Crafted by a player it will temporarily turn its user into a werewolf it is an extract made by boiling a beast after using it the player will return to normal within 20 minutes suu is a bit hesitant to use it because it can cause some unknown side effects but he has no other choice on the other side the devil's door is a special rank magic scroll it will open a devil's door for 24 hours the devil door creates a path to and from a devil's Lair extremely

Rare items can be obtained by exploring the devil's lair but it is not recommended to rush the devil's Lair because the monsters can rush out of it as well and the recommended level to clear it is 35 suu is a bit hesitant because all of them can die if things go wrong Devil's Lair is an item that the Pirates were planning on using as a strategy to destroy a certain region in Korea and suu was originally planning on challenging it himself but right now he Has no other choice suu is thinking of transforming into a

wolf first using the were Beast syringe then he will turn around and open the devil's door behind them after that he will run away as the only thing he needs to do first is to survive s tells this plan to righty and the Death Knight and he instructs death knight to guard the school after that suu starts heading downstairs with his minions The Way Forward is blocked by the test subjects and his skeletons are Barely holding them back righty and the death knight jump in the ranks of test subjects and they receive 100 gold for

slaying each test subject these test subjects are quite strong but some is only receiving 100 gold coins which are nothing compared to their raw power suu uses corpse explosion on the dead bodies of the mutants to kill them off in one go sunu is thinking that the snipers will not be able to see through this smoke sunu uses weakened Spirit on the Incoming wave of were beasts their leader orders them from outside to not remove their masks as the gas released by S Wu can easily be repelled using them while the were beasts are busy

with his minions s seizes this opportunity to use the Beast syringe on himself on the other side righty gets punched by where Beast the impact of the punch was quite strong so he crashes near s Wu suu just used the Beast syringe on himself he starts feeling some changes in his body All of a sudden a lot of energy starts bursting out of him but surprisingly his Lich form is not cancelled his entire body feels like it's being ripped apart and his face feels like it's being crushed a notifications pops up which informs him that

he has met some special conditions by combining his Lich state with a werewolf State a big ball of energy forms in the hallway and it starts pulling in the breath of Abyss from the area the rare beasts are a bit Confused as they don't know what is happening in front of them after soaking in the gas the core starts shattering s Wu comes out of the core in his new state which shocks everyone present around him it turns out suu has temporarily gained the power of Anubis the god of death and he's temporarily in a

state of a demigod all of his stats have increased by 10 he can now use three new master rank skills such as Soul siphon demon bombardment and Twilight attack the beastmen are a bit taken aback because someu just became a beastmen like them a new notification pops up which informs the beastmen that their stats have decreased by two because of an unknown energy the morale of the beastmen is hitting rock bottom and they are all in a state of confusion the beastmen leader orders his minions to attack The Necromancer as he thinks that Necromancer is

using some petty tricks to get away from them the Beastmen rushed towards suu but he disappears in an instant in a few seconds suu appears right behind them he then chops up the Beast man using his Scythe s is feeling completely different from before it might be because he kept focusing on upgrading his skills and summons but with the Anubis Lich state it feels like he's not human anymore s absorbs The Souls of the 11 were beasts he just slayed he then uses those souls to buff his minions which increases Their attack rate by 10%

with his newly acquired power s is feeling like a true god of death right now the beastmen leader orders the snipers to shoot s Wu from the distance all of them release their bolts and in but suu disappears once again even before the bolts hit him just like last time suu uses the shadows of his enemies to teleport himself behind them he then chops off a group of snipers using a single slash attack and he earns 21,000 gold for slaying each Second rank rat beastmen and he absorbs their souls as well the other sniper beastmen

found out his new location and they start preparing their crossbows they shoot their bolts at him but someu vanishes into thin air he appears behind the snipers and shreds them to tiny pieces other were beasts try to surround him from all sides the were Beast leader orders one of his snipers to ready the saint Silver Arrow the sniper gets ready to try out this new type of Arrow the Results of the saint Silver Arrow are quite amazing as it's a holy item and it manages to return three of suu's minions into Eternal death the sniper

becomes a bit happy as his Divine arrows can damage suu for real Sonu gets alerted as he now knows that the beastmen prepared some Divine weapons for him but he has a Divine weapon of his own and he imuses Scythe with demon bombardment demon bombardment is a master rank skill and it costs 20 Mana to use it consumes Souls and explodes them with a powerful curse SEI used the demon bombardment on the were beasts around him one by one they are getting ripped into shreds even their Divine Shields cannot protect them suo absorbs The Souls

of the newly defeated foes he then uses corpse explosion on the dead bodies of were Beast around him Sun Wu has now accumulated a total of 34 soul and he's feeling quite awesome after absorbing a lot of souls suu imuses Scythe with Demon bombardment once again he then upgrades his skeleton minions using the souls he just gathered the beastmen leader orders his men to get away from s Wu he will deal with the Necromancer himself so he orders his men to hold off his minions after some time both of them come face to face and

the beastman leader says that suu just changed his fighting style he is wondering if suu was one of their kin all along but suu mocks him by saying that a like him Cannot be akin to a cow the we Beast tells him that those concepts are old and now all beastmen belong to the same species suu asks him if he's one of the four we Beast leaders the beastmen leaders asks him about how he knows about the four leaders and suu says that he just knows about Minor Details sunu imuses grim reapers Scythe with demon

bombardment he then uses it on the were Beast leader but the we Beast leader somehow managed to block the attack and He throws some chains towards s Wu the chains enveloped the Grim Reaper scythe and so gets a notification that his weapon has been sealed for a short period of time this beastman is called the Red Rider and he prepares to finish off S Wu sunu has only 7 Minutes of grim reaper State remaining while his werewolf state has 14 minutes left his weapon is sealed but thankfully it didn't cancel his Grim Reaper State Red

Rider tells suu to brace himself for a Huge impact suu is thinking that this guy is quite powerful and he cannot drag out this fight any longer Red Rider can read suu's expression and he knows well that suu is getting impatient suu compliments him for having an ability which tells the state of animals Red Rider informs suu that he was a vet in his human years and it's a basic skill for a vet to read the expressions of animals suu can easily capture him with his minions but they are currently busy With other beastmen s

looks back but it seems like the beastmen are holding his minions back s asks him if he prepared this plan to engage him in a one-on-one fight Red Ryder says that he is correct and he made this plan because someu normally fight cowardly Red Rider mostly fights without weapons but this time he is using equipment to get an equal playing field Against The Necromancer suu says that red Ridder is a coward as he's a fighter and he's trying to fight A mage likee character in The melee Battle Red Rider tells suu to shut up as

he talks like a coward Red Rider faints a punch and he lands a kick on S Wu Sun Wu felt the impact of the kick and he's getting a bit nervous Red Rider uses another powerful attack on S Wu suu got hit pretty badly this time and Blood starts coming out of his mouth Red Ryder pulls him up to ask him what he is going to do next as all of his underhanded methods have been dealt with Red Rider Prepares a strong punch attack to get rid of s Wu but this time suu easily catches

his punch with his bare hands suu informs him that his time of playing around is over as he just got all the experience points he needed to put the Red Rider in his place suu's strength stats alone is 52 and if you add the bonus stats acquired after becoming a beastman then there is no need to be afraid of this Red Rider suu breaks one of the hands of the Red Rider with his Strong grip he then does a follow-up punch barrage attack Red Rider is in extreme pain but he can't block any of the

attacks so kicks his face into the ground Red Rider has not hit the dust yet as he got another trick up his sleeve Red Rider pulls out another syringe he injects himself with the syringe in a few seconds he starts briming with power at the same time the Grim Reaper Scythe of suu has been unsealed meanwhile inside the building The test subjects have been dealt with the refugees are amazed as GC Yun killed so many beastmen on her own but there is a test subject hiding among the other dead bodies he jumps out toward a

refugee to kill him hanho comes in between them and he blocks the attack of the test subjects with his invulnerable body hanho then rips him apart using his bare hands gun says that the interior of the building has been cleared out and Hano comes back to his normal State gcn Goes toward the windows to check out the situation outside the situation on the outside is not looking well as there is poisonous rain everywhere and the buildings around them are almost destroyed sunu is hiding from the Red Rider so Red Rider tells suu to fight him

like a man plus he got his Scythe back so it must be easy for him to deal with the Red Rider red rider is the fourth ranked beastman and he's like Su Wu who has gone through his first Awakening at last the Red Rider finds the Necromancer and they start juking it out they keep on attacking back and forth s is running out of time so uses Scythe with demon bombardment skill as he needs to get rid of this beastmen as soon as possible Red Rider jumps up to avoid the demon bombardment skill but he

has already been poisoned and Blood starts coming out of his mouth Red Rider falls down to the ground he starts shouting at The Necromancer as he is Using some cowardly skills again suu tells him to grin his teeth as his situation is about to get worse suu uses Twilight attack on the Red Rider Twilight attack is a master ranked skill it costs 40 mana and 20 Souls it uses the energy of the souls to move at a fast speed it inflicts strong magic damage on enemies at the Landing point and binds them with the ghost

hands for 10 seconds Red Rider gets caught up in the Twilight attack Su activates ghost's Hands skill on the Red Rider which completely binds him in place the lackes of the red Riders are getting anxious as their leader just got trapped Red Rider is in Despair and he orders his lackes to bomb this place they can't afford to let the Necromancer live but Tung says that that they are already too late for that all of a sudden a red portal appears near them another beastman with a cane comes out of the portal this beastman is

another fourth ranked Beast And the others call him the white Cardinal there is only one minute remaining until the Grim Reaper Scythe runs out of time sunu is thinking of running away but at the same time the white Cardinal tells the Red Rider to run away the white Cardinal starts cuffing up blood and he keeps on telling the Red Rider to run away all of a sudden some bolts of yellow lightning pass by them other beastmen get confused after seeing the lightning above them Suu has an idea about what can be causing this lightning to

emerge here a notification pops up which tells everyone that an unknown energy is making their bodies intimidated and all of their stats have decreased by five two yellow colored hands appear above them and they start ripping the space apart Han kok appears out of the space and he tells suu that these bastards Tred to stop him from meeting him but this is expected as Sun is the biggest Star of Korean server and everyone wants to meet him Han Kango makes his appearance on the battlefield Shan says that all of these beasts are weaklings and they

think they can take down anyone if they group on him together hanako throws the head of a beastman on the ground Red Rider recognizes the head as it belongs to the blue cardinal of the beastmen clan there are two different teams of beastmen stationed on buildings behind K Kang sck these beastmen have a Weapon called Thunder God's mace it is the same same weapon they were previously using to bombard the surroundings of sun Wu they finally activate the Thunder God's mace after powering it with their magic Thunder God's mace shoots a huge beam of energy

toward Kango kanguk pulls up his weapon in time then he uses it to pull up a huge chunk of rock in order to block the beam of energy Han Kango tells them that they made a wrong choice of attacking Him then he splits the rock into two parts he throws both parts of the Rocks toward the basement stationed on the buildings to blast them off Han Kango focuses his attention on the white Cardinal who escaped him once before Kango uses his weapon to shoot a lightning bolt toward the beastmen white Cardinal uses a skill called

psychic barrier to envelop himself in a protective layer Red Rider is quite angry at kok and he asks white Cardinal About this monstrosity and white Cardinal tells him that the enemy they are facing is Han Kang sok who is the number one ranker of the Korean server they are in a tough spot as the number one ranker is in front of them and their number two ranker is behind them white Cardinal opens up another red portal as he knows that they cannot face these two monsters at once and they need to cut their losses right

here white Cardinal and Red Rider try to run away through The portal but H Kango is not having any of their crap and he uses lightning bolt at them Red Rider gets struck by the lightning and the white Cardinal tries to pull him inside the teleporter the portal closes down and the white Cardinal safely exits the battlefield Red Rider was not so lucky as he got roasted into beef by the bolt of hand kak Han Kang Sak is not happy as he lost one of his prey the Beast Man transformation of suu dispels as he

ran Out of time and he is feeling a lot of pain he now knows well that the penalty of transforming into a demigod is quite huge and he's feeling weaker as all of his stats are reduced by 10 Han Kang sok compliments suu for his half good transformation suu knows well that Han Kang sok is a permanent demigod unlike him who temporarily transformed into one for a limited time and he thanks Kango for his help and ask asks him about what he's doing here Han Kango says that he Was just coming here to say goodbye

to him but too many beastmen blocked his way so he had no other choice but to eradicate them kanguk points towards suu after telling him that he is famous for a good reason and he hopes to continue to work together with him in the future kak is impressed by suu as he defeated the Iron Golem boss just two minutes after him he further says that he is glad that he made a good friend like him the system forces cooperation like this So they will have to work together together often in the future s Wu directly

asks Kang Sak that if demigod is a class and Kang sok asks him that he just transformed into one few moments ago so he must have an idea about it by now Kango says that demigod is not a class it's like a power that you can obtain if you meet certain special conditions he got it as well after meeting certain conditions and even he don't know how to obtain the full power Of a demigod class kanguk says that it is all he can tell him about the demigod with that being said kanguk and Shan Bid

Farewell to Sun Wu s Wu is still thinking whether Kango really came here to Bid Farewell to him or if he had any other motive maybe kanguk sensed his demigod State and came here to check it out after a few hours some helicopters belonging to yongdong Guild arrived there minam song comes out of the helicopters along with other Crusaders And he apologizes for being late s tells them that it's okay as their surveillance team informed him beforehand about the beastman assault which saved his neck minam song says that he is happy that suu resolved this

huge incident by himself but there is another big piece of news they just got it turns out that an angel statue was discovered in Soul after that being said all of them get on the helicopters to return to their base hanho is quite Happy as they just got a powerful cannon from the evolution Society the treasure they got is the thunder God's mace it can shoot up powerful lightning bolts and it uses Mana as bullets gcn says that it uses up a lot of Mana with every shot but she is glad that they finally got

their hands on a Siege weapon Minho song informs them that they scavenged a truckload of weapons from the beastmen S tells her to send one of the three Thunder God Maes to his town of suwan And moderately divide the loot after the loot is divided suu got all weapons belonging to the red cardinal the first weapon he got is a heroic rank fighter shackle it can seal all of the opponent's weapons for a short period of time the second item he got is the mountain Goblin Shield this Shield can Ali Magic attacks three times and

it has a cool down of 3 hours he got three more werewolf syringes so he can transform into Anubis three more times plus he Turned the Red Rider into one of his minions so now he has another powerful summon on his back and call minua song comes to S Wu to tell him that the angel statue was discovered near Namsan since it's an installation object it can only be moved after 24 hours of initial Discovery hanho asks her about how much time is left until they can move it him minua song tells him that there

are only 17 hours left and they are currently preparing their transport team for this Task GN says that she is happy that now they can rest for at least 17 hours and Hano asks them if they have an air conditioned room as he wants to take a nap along with righty after some time they are resting in the room and hanu informs suu that the town of suwan grew a lot and the average level of players in suan is eight suu is happy as the town of suan has a lot of production classes like blacksmiths

chefs and leather workers everyone and suan is Helping each other which is contributing to their Synergy becoming Stronger by every day it turns out that the movement of the Pirates is again being suspicious near gangu Island Koreans know well about what is going on in China as they have a lot of captured Pirates and they can use their mobiles to check the condition of Chinese second server but there are still a lot of chances of another Pirate Invasion hanho asks suu that if he thinks that the pirats will Come again and S tells him that

they will but they're going to take a lot of time to replenish their ranks gcn says that their entire Advanced Force got annihilated so they will first try to become stronger than before Su says that it's a pain in the ass but they need to get this Union stronger for a bigger Invasion all of a sudden a notification pops up which informs all players that the first part of the mainstream chapter 2 has ended it turns out all monster Armies were annihilated in this time the system reveals the rank of players who defeated the monster

Army bosses suu defeated three bosses Han Kang sck dror and the prosecutor defeated two bosses while other ranked players in Guilds managed to defeat one boss each and there were a total of 14 bosses Hano has been happy as this long and frustrating boss R chapter is over but someone reminds him that it was just the second chapter and there are more chapters to Come after some time they get a notification about the start of the third chapter this chapter is called selecting factions the system congratulates all survivors from the Korean server as they managed

to defeat all powerful boss the players can now choose between two factions known as Angels or devils in order to continue the struggle for the survival of Earth Hano says that selecting Angel faction is the right Choice and no one in their right mind would select the devil factions except one person present in the room whose stats match with that of devils another system message pops up with five guidelines players can sign a contract with a faction through the stone statues of angel or devil races player can receive promotion quests through the statues and upon

clearing them they will get a shoulder pad of a certain level each faction is given a faction Quest And all players receive great rewards after that Quest is completed a lot of large scale dungeons will be added in this update and lastly the current event will last for 7 days and the schedule may change depending on the situation of the game suu says that the system is dividing the players into two groups and making them have a competition the Judgment of good or evil is pointless whether they choose angel or devil faction since the system

will be toying With them on both sides angels and devils are beings that represent good and evil but sun is still confused as he's not sure if these devils and angels are the same as their fairy tales hanho suggests that maybe they're aliens and these aliens can be playing with them the aliens might be making fun of the humans by giving them popularity votes and gion confiscates hano's phone as he's watching too many alien conspiracy theories and he needs to touch some Gra Suu is thinking that these are just theories and the truth will become

clearer as the game goes on after a few hours the angel statue is about to arrive and Mina song alerts everyone and tells the snipers to be ready for any kind of Ambush minam song informs suu and his party that everyone knows about this statue and there are many groups eyeing for it so that's why they have to be extra careful while handling it he's not sure if anybody is so careless to Attack them but there is no harm in being cautious for security concerns only if few members of the Union are allowed near the

vicinity of the statue and Min huasong tells hanho and gun to wait at the gate after a few hours a helicopter arrives with a huge container after landing the container is loaded onto the truck it turns out the prosecutor was personally safeguarding the statue and he applauds suu for going through all of that basement trouble the Prosecutor orders his men to open the container so that s Wu can check on it after coming near the statue a notification pops up which informs them that they are facing the traces of the absolute race of angels Su

says that this angel statue almost matches the fair Tales from their world and the prosecutor says that it's carrying a sword and a crown in its hands s is thinking that there must be a meaning behind this sword and Crown but he don't Know about it yet a notification pops up which tells them both to put their hands on the Statue both suu and the prosecutor put their hands on the Statue without any hesitation an angel party contract message pops up in front of them with four points it informs them that they will be a

part of the Angel's party and they can use the exclusive bulletin board they will be given a party Quest their defense will increase by 10 and a buff will be given to them As a basic condition they can obtain plenty of extra gold if they kill a devil player the prcua says that the game is splitting the players into two factions so they can kill each other Sonu says that he is correct but no one will refuse these contracts because of the immediate buff the statues are offering a new notification pops up which asks them

if they are ready to choose the angel party they can't withdraw after a certain period of 7 Days if they leave the party later on they could be given a penalty for enraging the angel prosecutor is thinking that he has no other choice but to choose one of the factions but he not sure if choosing the angel faction is the right choice even though they found the angel statue first by accident but humans are bound to suffer great losses as they will be tied to either of these statues but he is glad as he choos

to select the same faction as Sun suu Selects the angel faction but assistant notification pops up which informs him that he can't choose the angel faction as he's currently possessing a filthy item called Crystal of chaos and he can touch the statue again after destroying it Sonu is quite pissed at the Statue as it is straight out dissing him the crystal of chaos is a legendary ranked item and it is one of the best items suu ever got so he cannot easily give it up moreover suu can feel a dim sense of Uneasiness emitting from

this angel statue all of a sudden a hidden Quest called the third choice pops up in front of him he needs to destroy the three faction statues after destroying them he will activate a third faction the system states that these two races are not on the side of humans their goal is not the advancement of humanity rather it's to utterly destroy Humanity in order to fulfill their ambition thanks to suu's item which belongs to the chaos Attribute he will have to stand up on his own to ensure the preservation of humanity and his victory as

he escape es Apes from the hand of the absolute race the system further warns him that the absolute race will be enraged after someu accepts this Quest s is now sure that he needs to accept this hidden Quest and he presses yes on the system menu all of a sudden a notification pops up which informs him that he has enraged both factions both factions have issued A wanted order to all players to kill s Wu Angel faction has put up a bounty of 20 million gold on his head while the devil faction has put up

a bounty of 50 million gold on his head the prosecutor starts trembling and he asks suu about what he has just done he informs suu that the status window is telling him to kill suu right now it turns out the prosecutor already choos the angel faction as he thought that suu was choosing it as well and so informs him That things have gotten a bit complicated the angel statue is pumping prosecutor up and he's bombarding him with messages to kill Su Wu suu tells him to not worry as he will soon resolve that issue suu

pulls up his Grim Reaper scythe and he uses a slash attack toward the prosecutor the slash attack was aimed at the angel statue behind him and it manages to destroy it the prosecutor asks him about why he destroyed the angel statue suu informs him that they Have a hidden third choice in this chapter he further informs the prosecutor that they cannot win this game by submitting to an unknown being of evil nature suu walks toward the statue after telling him the truth but the prosecutor is still trembling he is thinking that things are getting out

of hand as he got another notification informing him that the angel faction has registered killing suu as the faction Quest and reward of killing him is now Increased to 50 million gold suu goes to the Statue as it is emitting a light after being destroyed suu gets a legendary rank consumption item called The Angel's Wing piece the player can move to the angel statue within a certain range when used the devil faction members are unable to use this it can be used as the last emergency escape if the stone statue is destroyed someu is thinking

that this is an amazing item and maybe he can move to Another statue if he used this so basically it's an item which can be used by the losers to escape from the other faction some previously heard about another angel statue nearby but it was first found by the pirate leader and maybe he has it in his possession it's an opportunity in Disguise for suu as he can directly assault the Pirates and get rid of two birds with one stone after some time s is a bit taken back after watching hanho hanho shuns him for

being Arrogant and now he made powerful enemies without even discussing anything with his party and Hano is thinking about cutting ties with him hanho tells him to look at the new notification window it turns out that the angel faction has issued a quest for the entire server players can choose between three options the first option states that players can stop Sun Wu and they will receive a lot of Buffs while fighting Sun Wu plus the players who Contribute the most will get some Legendary Treasures as a reward the second option states that they could choose

a third faction but as a penalty they will be hunted by both light and dark factions the third option states that they can just be byards and wait things out hanho yells at suu for being a dimwit and he's drawing to kill him so he can get his hands on these juicy rewards on the other side gun is barely holding back her sword as 50 million Gold reward is too much even for her gun tells suu to listen to their opinions before making a big decision like this but Su tells them that it was an

urgent matter that's why he took a quick action at the same time the prosecutor arrives there along with his Guild members he is looking quite Furious and he tells suu that the angel statue was an item founded by his Guild and he asks suu for an explanation for his action suu knows that explaining everything in detail can Be a bit tricky so he tells the prosecutor that he is not 100% sure if he made the correct choice but he has a grim idea about these factions the prosecutor says that he trusts him but the situation

is different as the new Quest rewards are quite temped and there are many players around them who will jump at the first opportunity to kill him it turns out that the Crusaders along with other smaller guilds are quite tempted by the system Rewards their stairs are getting more intense and Hano asks suu that if he is sure that the union is still their Ally the prosecutor informs suu that he is the leader of a big group and he cannot bear to become enemies with a faction God suu says that he understands well as this situation

has become very complicated even for him the pro SEC informs him that they may even go to war with suu right here all Guild members get ready to achieve their weapons hanu Asks suu to say something in order to diffuse this situation or even he will cut ties with him suu has no idea if he can win against the prosecutor because he has a lot of powerful players with diverse skill set under him the prosecutor tells tangu to ease up as he has decided that his Guild will remain neutral for now suu thanks him for

trusting him as all of this is his fault in the first place prosecutor tells him to hurry up and form the third faction So he can join him after a few days Spearman Kyu is ordering around the other towns folk to check around their surroundings for any suspicious people and organize all items which were recently sent by The yungo Guild Han's father asks him if his son and S Wu are coming back and kungu replies with a yes after some time suu arrives there while Riding on His W and he's being escorted by two helicopters

suu makes the landing in the town of suwan Spearman kyungu Rushes over to greet s Wu and he informs him that no one from their Town choose the angel faction after reading the notification and they chose the third option suu is relieved after hearing it as he has now a safe spot and there are some people who believe in him kyungu further informs him that he has bolstered the defenses around the town in case someone tries to attack them and he is at ease after knowing that the union sent these helicopters to support Them Su

says that he is wrong as these helicopters are the trophies they collected on their way it turns out they were attacked while they were trying to reach suan town and after investigating these Pilots they came to know that they belong to the Reconstruction Guild the union is an assembly of several guilds the prosecutor trusts him but it does not mean that the other guilds will respect his decision previously minims told s Wu that he along with the Yong Dumo Guild received a huge penalty after accepting the third option and there are not that many people

around Korea who will accept the third option and lose all the free Buffs Angel faction is giving them Sergeant informs them that there is a big fuss going on in the community forums there are countless attention Seekers who are saying that they will kill the Necromancer some brain dead players are doing strange type of live streams to attract Attention suu tells them to not worry about it but he also knows well that things can go wrong at any given time sunu tells them that all of these attention Seekers will become quiet once he succeeds in

his mission but as he was is about to say something else he gets a unique sensation the world tree seed comes out on its own and it starts levitating in front of him sergeant and others are amazed after watching the seed glowing in yellow color a Notification pops up which informs some W that he completed a certain condition by choosing the third faction he has now earned the qualification to become the progenitor of a new party if he plants the world tree seed right now it will grow into a Divine tree that will bless his

party suu just needs to complete the third faction Quest and succeed in party establishment before this suu was trying to figure out where he's going to plant the world tree but right now he has no Other choice but to plant it right here in suan town Sun needs to protect this Divine tree until it fully grows since it will be disastrous if it is destroyed and he has no idea about how large it can grow so it will be impossible to hide it from others he needs some of his most trusted Town members to safeguard

it and he is thinking of planting it in the Square which is in front of the town the next morning the Army under Lieutenant starts digging the ground Under the instructions of s Wu after a few hours they managed to dig up a big hole in the ground Hano tells the military guys to leave some space unscathed for the helipad suu tells him to give up on the helipad because they lack space but Hano shuts him down after saying that he is the one who captured these helicopters in the first place and he's not going

to give up on this precious piece of technology spear man kungu informs suu that he is thinking of Installing a watchtower ramper around the world tree the yo Guild sent them two Thunder God Cannon so they're going to install them as well Lieutenant suggests that they should install one Thunder God cannon on the summit of Mountain palal Summit they can hide it with something like a camouflage on regular days after a few minutes biker gang arrives there bike gang leader Tong informs them that there are no other new monsters nearby there are still some Cabals

crawling under under ground inside a building but stronger monsters like the direwolves have almost disappeared it turns out the biker gang have removed damaged vehicles from the roads and they have also secured a shop around the town of suwan the funds to operate all of these facilities are raised smoothly by hano's father who is in possession of a special rank Finance item called Vault of pledge this item can automatically deposit some of the Gold from contracted players a person can register a contract by putting his hand on the Vault the Vault owner can decide the

money collection ratio and the gold earned by the contractor automatically gets deposited into the Vault currently the money collection ratio is 10% there are 226 contractors and current gold in the vault is around 1,6 55,0 48 most of the Town people have already accepted the contract Registration willingly but deep inside hanho knows that his father has a suspicious past so he must be stealing money from the vault gcnc says that life around this town is quite peaceful but suu says that they cannot stay here for longer as they have missions around the country after a

few hours the ground is perfectly made for the plantation of the world tree seed suu takes out the world tree seed and it is glowing with yellow energy the town's folk become amazed After witnessing the world tree seed suu plants the seed and he gets a notification which states that a magical being has begun to take root in this land after a few minutes the seed releases a big flash of Light which can be seen from from far away a hidden Quest notification pops up the title of this Quest is for the sake of the

Divine tree the players need to protect the world tree until it grows up to a certain size the first fruit of this World tree will give a permanent buff to the one who eats it this is a Divine tree but it's still quite weak so the monsters who have sensed its presence will come in groups in desire of its power the players need to protect the world tree until it becomes strong enough to protect itself the world tree can take no men from the slain monsters and the more monsters they kill the faster it will

grow if the tree is destroyed an unrecoverable disaster will Happen around them this same Quest has been given to all 226 players in the town of suan and S was quite pumped up for this Quest the common players from the town become a bit afraid after hearing that they need to protect the Roy tree against the countless waves of monsters all of a sudden they start hearing loud voices coming from a certain direction it turns out that a horde of monsters is approaching their town a player from the Watchtower Informs others that the monsters are

approaching them from 3:00 there are a lot of ogres and kabon are also coming out of the sewers spean kungu says that this situation seems familiar to a defense game and he tells everyone else to move to their positions he orders the tankers to the front and he assigns The Archers to be stationed on the watchtowers The Players starts moving big wall-like structures to the front Hano asks about these big structures and Lieutenant informs them that these are called Moving Castle walls they can easily defend a big area after connecting them together The Magicians archers

and Spearman start boarding the moving castle walls it can be used as a turret hanho is quite Amazed by it and he asks about who came up with this idea Lieutenant says that there are many talented people in the village and they have prepared a lot after the beastmen attack on the yumo building s Wu and gun Compliments the players for coming up with these Amazing Ideas and how everyone is equally playing their part the magicians use wide area magic like fire blasts to get rid of the first wave of goblins after that they start

disposing the cabals using crossbows and Spears at the same time suu orders his minions to come out of the Abyss the scale of their battle is quite big and it can be seen from far away it turns out some unknown players are spying on S Wu this player tracked down suu after going through Great Lengths he is quite amazed after seeing such a big battle unfold in of him he first thought that it was quite cool that the Necromancer went against the absolute race but now things have changed as the Necromancer has a big bounty

on his head he chose option one as the free buff was too good to ignore and now all people who chose the first option are searching for sun Wu right now he is currently live Streaming this whole event and he told the location of s Wu to his viewers he is personally a tracking expert so he leaves the rest of the fighting to other players who are watching his stream suu already had an idea about these players so he sent someone to catch them after a few minutes one of suu's orc minion reaches the rooftop

where the tracking team is camping after bonking them he takes them back to S Wu hanho informs suu that the Korean server is in a total Mess as there are five different Clans who broadcasted Him Live just now and among them there is a person who officially declared that he will kill the Necromancer the title of this live stream says that he will blow up the Necromancer along with his followers and there are 23,000 people watching him right now this player introduces himself as Terror Kim he is on level 16 and he is ranked 10

in the seang region he further says that he will Massacre all Followers of The Necromancer with the help of a nuclear bomb Tera Kim seems to be a bit more serious about his plan than he should be he pulls out a yellow ball and asks someu if he likes bombs he throws away the yellow ball while saying that he have been seeing the Necromancer play with the explosive dead bodies all the time the yellow ball he just threw behind him results in a massive explosion a huge building behind them crumbles to pieces in a matter

of a few Seconds the class of Terra Kim is called terrorist that's why he is number one when it comes to handling explosions he has a specific skill which he uses to make bombs and that yellow bomb was the weakest among the other ones he can make he can also create a unique type of bomb after every 24 hours and all this time he was thinking about where he's going going to use that but now he is going to use it on the town of suwan and he is sure that even The Necromancer cannot Withstand

its impact he further says that everyone who follows him is a bastard and he has no remorse even if the whole population of suwan perishes along with the Necromancer he is determined to level the entire area with the Necromancer and he will make sure to get the Bounty placed unsung Wu's head hanho says that something is wrong with this guy's head as he could have just came here in secret and thrown that bomb but he is on stream doing these weird Publicity stuns and maybe he is just a bluffer gcn says that maybe what he's

saying is not a bluff and they should be prepared to stop him plus they are in a situation where they can't move their base anymore which is a major disadvantage s is thinking that this guy has got some screws loose as he's not only just targeting s Wu but he's going to kill everyone in town in order to get experience points and rewards some with double checks there whole base for any Bombs and he finally comes closer to the world tree seed Spearman kungu reports to him saying that there are no threats nearby right now

monster mobs have been appearing every now and then which is proving to be good for them s Wu advises them to be extra vigilant as monsters are the least of their worries most of the videos uploaded in the online forums must be Bluffs but there will always be someone taking this opportunity after a few minutes a notification pops up Stating that the seed of the world tree has grown up by 11% % suu is thinking that there has not been much progress after it reached 11% and GN asks him about what are they going to

do after creating the third faction suu says that he has no idea about it but he knows for sure that this was the best option out of all available choices some knows well that there is an ending to this game he has not seen Angels or Devils appearing in the prophecy crystals but he don't Thinks that they will help the humans to get a good ending that is why it is right for humans to decide an ending for themselves besides angel and devil factions are not allies of humans just by seeing the quests he can

tell that they are treating humans as existences lower than them by ordering them around even if the third option didn't exist he probably wouldn't have chosen to follow the other two sides Spearman kungu is a bit angry as the vampires previously Killed his friends and he asks suu that if they will be able to find out the person who created this game he really wants to meet the creator of this game who didn't inform the humans about what was going on which resulted in the deaths of countless people during night time the guards are stationed

on the watchtowers all of a sudden a big explosion occurs which sends them flying from the Watchtower the whole town gets alerted after hearing the sound of the Explosion and Spearman kungu orders his men to inform s Wu about the situation and he further orders his men to fly the drones to find out about the attackers it turns out that the attacker was teror Kim and he is laughing out loud with with his men Terry Kim says that their defenses are a bit lacking and he was expecting more of a resistance from the infamous suon

town which is supported by the second ranked Necromancer Sun Wu comes face to face with Terk Kim but he Warns suu that he already prepared everything in advance and he advises suu to run away Tera Kim prepares a big explosion and he says that he's going straight to the climax without any explanations and he tells everyone to take a good look at the ending of their necromancer the radius of this skill is quite huge and it can totally destroy an entire apartment a warning notification pops up which informs them that a dark red storm has

been called upon in the Area the players of suan toown are afraid after watching it and suu tells them all to get down suu tells Ry to come up and he jumps up using the shoulder of suu righty jumps up right next to the bomb and he blocks the blast using a shield Terk Kim becomes confused after watching this he don't know the reason why his bomb didn't explode and Ry lands right in front of him s says that this bomb was a skill not an item and he has the best Shield to counter Skills

like these it turns out the shield righty just used was the Mountain's Goblin Shield which Sun Wu previously got after defeating the Red Rider and this Shield can nullify three magic attacks and it has a cool down of 1 hour Terk Kim is in a desperate situation so he tries to go all out with his next attack but before he can do anything his hands get blasted it turns out suu use Dwarven hand Cannon Sun Wu looks back to find out that the Defenders of his town are looking afraid and their morale is hitting rock

bottom as well suu calls out the cameraman who came with Tera Kim suu Powers up as he tells the cameraman to record everything from now on as he's going to make an important announcement suu says that he is making three promises to all players in the Korean server he is going to hunt down and kill all bastards who have announced that they will come to kill him or have prophesied ized his death at The same time Terra Kim tries to pull a sneak attack on suu but he gets blasted off S Wu goes on to

say that he will even kill those bastards who swore an oath to join the angel or the devil faction s shoots down every single person who came along with Tera Kim to make his point clear suu then revives those players to tell the people who are watching the stream that their suffering will not end even after their death as he will revive them and torment them for The rest of Eternity but if they join the third faction he's about to create then he will personally guarantee their safety suu is thinking that he is not a

good leader as he has not much political knowledge so it's better if he shows them his strong sign this is the only way he can stop these hyenas from coming after his group after some time the attention seeker streamer who was saying that he's going to kill the Necromancer performs a public apology on his Liv Stream he says that his brain was in the gutter and he's sincerely apologizing right now he further requests that if anyone of the friends of The Necromancer is watching this stream they should kindly forward his apology video to him he

further says that he is planning to join the third faction along with his friends Minas song who is watching the stream says that she don't know how these brain dead players think that they can kill a person who is on second rank In their server there is a recent popular post by someone named Miss Choy who says that these bastards choose the first option while thinking that they can kill the second ranked player or someone else will kill him for them and all of them will get rewards for free and right now they are begging

The Necromancer to spare them and soon The Necromancer will clean up this whole Community from opportunist trashes like these Minas song says that this time the Necromancer did a pretty good job and the whole server is in an uproar all the bad comments have disappeared and S is getting a lot of appreciation posts and his popularity is skyrocketing through the roof right now the prosecutor is quite embarrassed says he also chose the angel faction but he had no idea that suu was going to make his own faction he had no other choice but to split

with s Wu after choosing the angel faction and now that decision came back to bite him In the ass prosecutor orders Min huasong to recruit more players and form a new scouting team which will be tasked with finding other statues minims asks him if he's thinking of making the Necromancer his enemy because sunu has declar that he will kill everyone in the angel or devil factions prosecutor tells them that he's not that much much dumb of a person and he is thinking of using the statutes to negotiate with s Wu since he is a reasonable

person prosecutor knows Well that he can't make any rash decisions right now and he needs to get stronger or he will be swept away by others minua song informs the prosecutor that another angel statue was found in the Gimpo area the prosecutor is quite happy after hearing it and he tells her to tighten the security and start the transportation operation right away Min song says that this statue is a little different from the pre previous ones unlike the previous angel statue this One has four wings instead of two the prosecutor is thinking that maybe there

are ranks among the angel statues as well the monsters kept on raiding the town of suwan for the next few days most of these monsters were low ranked that's why even hanho could kill them with a single punch the minions are making a quick work of these waves as well hanho and GC in they trying to hold back some Trolls but Spearman kongu spots one more orc coming from the opposite side the Biker gang easily takes care of the orc in a tactical way they have been fending off large waves of monsters for a very

long time which in turn is helping the world tree grow faster and right now its growth rate is at 99% the average level of players is the town of suwan is soon going to hit Level 9 and if they keep on going like this all of them can soon reach level 15 a notification pops up which states that the growth of the world tree is almost Complete and Su with thanks the town's full V for their hard work another window pops up which informs them that the world tree has reached the first stage of growth

all players who contributed to this Quest will receive a permanent status bonus of plus one strength and those players will be given a blessing for the next 24 hours this blessing will increase their acquisition rate by 20% after reading the new system message sun goes up to the world tree After observing it Su says that this tree looks no different than any other ordinary tree suu touches the world tree and it starts glowing with strange energy an apple comes out of the tree and the system informs suu that the world tree just bore its first

fruit and only those deemed worthy can take this fruit this mystical ranked apple is called the first fruit of the world tree this fruit is imbued with mysterious power of the world tree and the one who Eats it can gain a special power without wasting any time suu starts munching on the Apple a system notification pops up which informs him that after eating the world tree fruit he has been linked with the world tree this is a passive skill called world tree linked suu May gain a certain amount of increased stats whenever the world tree

grows and he got a skill called return someu can return to the world tree no matter where he is this skill has a cooldown of 24 hours Suu is thinking that growing the road tree is the best option as it already granted him some stats plus a return skill he couldn't dare to even try to raid the Pirates before since his escaping from their clutches might be difficult and he will now head to them once the world tree becomes stabilized the second phase of grow the world Tree starts the world's tree energy has spread even

further now and now it will draw in more powerful monsters all Players inside two1 town got this notification as well and Lieutenant says that now this Quest became even harder and he don't know when it will end the scout team informs them that their magic drones just detected something coming from their northern sky these Invaders turned out to be the herd of of wyverns and they are coming in full swing Spearman Kung Su says that there are too many wyverns and he's wondering if they can even hold them back or not but Su Says that

if this thing had happened in the past then the whole town of suan would have perished but right now things are a lot different after a few minutes the wyverns reach the outskirts of the town the alpha wyvern is personally leading this pack of wyverns after coming near the town they start revolving around the alpha wyverns which in turns makes the found folk more anxious hanho asks why they're just circling around instead of attacking Them and it's making him dizzy suu is thinking that maybe the wyvern alpha male is gauging his strength the alpha wyvern

is committed to only observing and controlling the wyverns and he almost never participates in a hunt he is so cautious that he will Retreat the moment he feels like his opponent has the upper hand but this time suu will use every single one of them as a fertilizer for the world tree the alpha wyvern gives out a loud r Roar and the Wyver start rushing toward the town after the air raid begins Spearman kungu orders his men to wait for now once the wver close in on them Spearman kungu orders his men to shoot one

of their camouflage Thunder God's Cannon the blast of Thunder Gods Cannon is so strong that it pierces through several wyverns in a single shot the town's folk become motivated after the wyverns drop dead on the ground Su orders his ogre Champion skeleton to come out of the Abyss right above the wyverns the ogre skeleton uses his single punch skill to obliterate countless wyverns each dead wyvern gives 600,000 gold which is more than the gold dropped by several High ranked bosses Sun Wu uses werewolf injection along with his Grim Reaper State and he tells alpha male

wyvern that it's time for him to come down in person sunu just harvested 48 Souls from the dead wyvern and he is thinking that this amount of souls must be enough to Deal with the alpha male for some reason the wyverns start heading toward the Thunder God's Cannon the magic users are trying their best to reload the Thunder God Cannon but the wyverns are almost upon them but unknown to them suu already placed a trap near the cannon necrobot comes out of the abyss and he punches the wyverns in the face the wyverns start retreating

so necrobot steals the Thunder God's cannon from the humans necrobot Powers up the Thunder God Cannon to the max using his own Mana which in turn shreds the wyvern into pieces in a single blow the remaining wyverns give up onto Thunder God's can and they focus their attention somewhere else all of them start attacking the barrier created by Han's father the barrier will not last for too long and hano's father informs others that these wyvern will directly go for the world tree once this barrier is down suu activates both fell blade and death Response at

the same town in order to cover the outskirts of the town with breath of the Abyss the breath of the Abyss blocks the vision of the wyverns the wyverns start getting shot down by fire arrows once they get closer to the outer layer of the breath of the Abyss suu gathered all of the souls of wyvern in his green reaper sidethe for a single demonic bombardment attack s Wu warns everyone to get away as he's about to use a powerful attack the Demonic Bombardment attack shreds through the wyverns like thin paper hanho and gun seiz

this chance to launch their attack on the wyverns who just survived the last attack the wyverns are getting wrecked left and right but suu don't know what the alpha male is up to GC y spots the alpha male and she informs others that he is about to shoot something Alpha wyvern spits an unknown green liquid from his mouth some drops of this liquid drop on the fully armored Trolls this green liquid turns out to be corrosive acid which easily melts the troll skeletons s with thanks the alpha male wyvern for getting rid of those trolls

as he was thinking of replacing them with his newly killed wyverns Su takes this fight to the sky along with his party members after witnessing it Lieutenant says that this is no fight for humans and hano's father wants everyone to to get back from the drops of this acidic liquid the alpha male Gives a serious look as if he is cooking up something new but instead of attacking it starts running away and gon informs suu about his Escape suu informs his party members to not let him escape and they all start chasing after him after

coming close to the alpha wyvern suu uses his Twilight raid skill on him the Twilight skill completely binds the alpha wyvern rendering him motionless they don't have much time left so s along with GC and Rush toward the alpha Male at Max Speed both of them attack the wings of the alpha male in order to drop him to the ground alpha male could no longer stay in the sky due to the damage to his wings and he starts falling down finally he drops down to the ground with a big bang Su tells him to grin

his teeth as this is going to hurt a lot as suu gets closer to him he tells him that from today onwards he will be the Conqueror of the Skies but Alpha wyver is not going down without a Fight so he tries to s Wu but suu manages to escape his mouth before he can completely close it off suu then slashes him with the Grim Reaper Scythe which deals a lot of damage to Alpha wyvern but his resistance is still too high gcon tells suu to get back and he obliges to her request without any

question gun uses her skill to find out the weak points of the alpha wyvern in just a few seconds she is able to pinpoint all of his weak points she then Starts slashing off the weak points of the alpha wyvern using both of her swords Alpha wyvern has suffered a lot of damage so his unconscious body falls down to the ground gcn tells suu that it's almost over as the alpha male cannot move anymore and suu thanks her for her help he then orders the death knight to deliver the final blow to Alpha wyvern the

death knight uses the Dragon Sword to kill the alpha wyvern and they receive over 4 million gold for Killing him the system further informs sunu that a special reward will be given to him for hunting the monster ruler s receives the title of the sky conqueror which increases his agility and stamina by two and his physical defense increased by 10% while his wind resistance increased by 20% there are only 2,733 days left until the dragon egg hatches and they received 700 days worth by just slaying this one alpha wyvern Boss monster the rewards don't just

end here as the b-grade experience card suu received by killing the hell's moving armor activates by itself it informs suu that he has the experience points threshold to level up and it asks suu if he wants to use this coupon suu agrees to use the coupon and he levels up to 21 at the same time gcn informs suu that they have taken care of all straggler wyverns as well the world Tree starts emitting a blue light a notification Pops up informing everyone that the world tree has reached the second stage of growth and it increases

sunu strength by one as he's linked to the world tree Spearman kungu and hano's father are quite amazed after watching the growth of the world tree hanho says that he don't know why but the color of the leaves looks off to him the system window informs suu that the world tree has developed propensity due to his influence and suu is not sure what this Propensity is a new window pops up stating that the world tree has obtained a new ability called Divine Tree Shadow this ability allows the Divine tree to form a strong magic barrier

throughout the area which will serve as a strong protective shield and it will rest RCT unwanted ones from entering the area the real tree obtained another ability called the one who holds the souls whenever a person blessed by the world tree takes the life of someone else The Souls of the Dead will be bound to the world tree hano's father says that this looks more like a ghost tree which eats Souls instead of a world tree hanho mocks his father by saying that he must be getting nervous as he had only one barri ability but

now he had been ousted by the world tree hano's protection skill is off so his father takes his sweet time to commit some domestic violence suu is now at ease because the R Tree was so weak before if that brain Dead Terra Kim had thrown even a single bomb at it by surprise then the world tree would have died right there this new ability of the world tree called the one who holds the souls is completely similar to the abilities of his Anubis form whenever he turns into Anubis he cannot use his most powerful skills

as all of them require souls and he had to kill the lackes of the boss in order to acquire those Souls but right right now the royal tree will suck the souls of Fallen enemies and then he can use those Souls right after transforming into Anubis s is amazed as well after seeing the growth of this world tree all of a sudden a dark and bright ray enter the radius of the world tree it turns out the angel faction has increased the bounty on his head by 70 million gold while the devil faction has increased

it by 25 million gold plus his influence has grown a lot so the Bounty Quest has elevated from server Quest into a world Quest starting from now the players from all over the world will aim for his life hanho informs sunu that he has gone viral worldwide but not in a good way suu is thinking that it is really bad it's forcibly turned into a world class Quest since they know he cannot be killed by the Korean players hanho tells suu that the Chinese Pirates must be having orgasms after getting this Quest Jun shuns hanho

by saying that he should mind his language but she knows well What hanho say has some truth to it as the Pirates already hated him and now there's a reward involved in it as well hion from the ganga Island informed them that the pirate Community is going crazy about the Necromancer and they are saying that they will punish The Necromancer for his sins they have already figured out a way to capture him and they have 3,000 players ready under the angel faction they are boasting that they will conquer Korea right after Getting rid of The

Necromancer hanho informed suu that greed has taken over the Korean Community as well as as most of the players are rooting for the Pirates to kill him suu tells them that they have no choice but to wait and watch how this situation develops the whole town was on edge and now they are resting the town's folk are quite safe as the barrier of the world tree is more powerful than their previous barrier Hano is getting pissed after reading the Posts as some posts say that the Pirates will hold a grand parade before finishing the Necromancer

plus they will do this on a live stream so the whole world can watch the end of a pathetic Necromancer gcn says that she is sure that not only the Pirates swanu dead as the other high ranking players from other servers will try their luck as well s Wu says that the whole world must be curious about the one who defied both absolute races s Wu is thinking that if These players were after him then there was not that much of a big deal but it seems like most of them are after the Korean server

as well he is pissed as the angel and devil factions are controlling the quests while they're not getting any comp compensation all of a sudden a system notification pops up stating that the world tree's attention is on him and a quest has been created this is a party Quest called the Counterattack strategy the goal is to Broadcast the scene where he severely damages other factions as a reward a party skill and a party item will be given to him it further states that the absolute races are wary of the rise of a new Force they

are deploying all type of tactics to keep the Necromancer in check by ridiculing him in a variety of ways and declaring a war even before the new faction is established this will leave a negative impact on suu and the reputation of his faction that's why a Response from s Wu is needed he needs to prove to his enemies Wrong by having more people witness it through the broadcast there is a condition to this quest which states that he needs to attack his enemies before they strike him and if a scene of him being defeated is

exposed then he will be given a penalty suu is thinking that maybe the system is trying to make this Quest more intense by putting the condition of broadcasting Su takes out his legendary Rank Angel's Wing piece which he received after destroying the first angel statue and this item can teleport the user to the location of another angel statue sua says that he needs to teach a serious lesson to these Pirates the Divine Tree Shadow Skill is active around the town of suan and the barrier Shield has health over 150,000 there are only 226 people currently

allowed inside the barrier the town's folk are feeling quite safe by Having this barrier Spearman kungu further informs suu that the range of this barrier is 2 km and the allowed players are free to enter or exit the barrier suu asks Han's Dad if he's using the Vault item well to fund the city operations and he replies with a yes hano's Father further informs him that they have accumulated a lot of gold they already have enough batteries and purifi so now they will purchase some drones from the store Lieutenant further Informs them that they will

be purchasing Auto Parts as well they can even make a Siege weapon or a blueprint item Sun tells them to not hold back on the spending of the money and it will be great if they can make weapons like the Thunder Gods Cannon hanho informed suu that he received a report from guanga Island it turns out the Pirates will start a parade at the Memorial Hall Base tomorrow at 300 p.m. and the beastmen who were expelled or treated Disdainfully will also participate to strengthen their solidarity GN says that they look desperate as all verman are

joining hands right now Su says that he will have to attend this parade secretly and mess them up real bad this time meanwhile at the office of yongo Guild the prosecutor is on a bit of an edge it turns out they moved the angel statue to their base and it gave them a quest they need to clear the devil faction members from the metropolitan area their goal is To destroy the Devil statue in the Northern District as a reward a faction scale and a rank point will be given to them the angel faction will obtain

black blessing once the battle begins and this blessing will increase their defense by 20% the same Quest is given to the devil faction as well and the quest will fail once the angel statue is destroyed minhum song says that the angel statue is trying to impose a war on them while minua song informs them that there are No big rewards for this Quest but they have no other choice as that Guild in possession of the devil statue must have gotten the same Quest the prosecutor asks them about the identity of the guild which is in

possession of the devil statue and minua song informs him that it must be the Reconstruction Guild after they failed to raid s Wu they held them responsible and now it's hard for the prosecutor to avoid this fight a crusader bursts in the room with bad News it turns out their guard poost of dasan area has been ambushed the surveillance team that witnessed it stated that the Crusaders were not killed by monsters but a player the prosecutor becomes pissed after realizing something a y Quest has been given to everyone belonging to the devil or the angel

f as a reward the attack power and defense power of the winner faction will be increased by 30% for 7 Days both Factions need to conquer three areas which include bukhansan kuang Wun University and chongyang station every single player who belongs to either devil or the angel faction can participate in this quest after the announcement of this Quest a lot of movement starts throughout the Korean server and the prosecutor is afraid that this Quest can easily escalate to a big scale War [Music]